WO2001036466A2 - Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1 - Google Patents

Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001036466A2
WO2001036466A2 PCT/US2000/031337 US0031337W WO0136466A2 WO 2001036466 A2 WO2001036466 A2 WO 2001036466A2 US 0031337 W US0031337 W US 0031337W WO 0136466 A2 WO0136466 A2 WO 0136466A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
zclpsl
gene
protein
polypeptide
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/031337
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2001036466A3 (en
Inventor
James L. Holloway
Original Assignee
Zymogenetics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Zymogenetics, Inc. filed Critical Zymogenetics, Inc.
Priority to EP00978670A priority Critical patent/EP1230363A2/en
Priority to CA002392044A priority patent/CA2392044A1/en
Priority to AU16109/01A priority patent/AU1610901A/en
Publication of WO2001036466A2 publication Critical patent/WO2001036466A2/en
Publication of WO2001036466A3 publication Critical patent/WO2001036466A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12NMICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N9/00Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
    • C12N9/14Hydrolases (3)
    • C12N9/16Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
    • C12N9/18Carboxylic ester hydrolases (3.1.1)
    • C12N9/20Triglyceride splitting, e.g. by means of lipase
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals

Definitions

  • full-length cDNAs are need to be provided to the students in educational kits for use in laboratory practica. Students can then use these full-length cDNAs to learn and practice to make expression vector, learn to transfect the cells and produce full-length protein.
  • the DNA that encodes the protein can also be used to teach Northern blot analysis to learn how to determine in which tissues the mRNA is produced. Having identified where the mRNA is expressed, the mRNA in the tissue can then be isolated and cDNA produced. The student can then learn how to make a cDNA library.
  • the novel polynucleotide can then be used to teach at student how to probe a cDNA library to determine which clone or clones contain the newly discovered polynucleotide.
  • the novel polynucleotide can also be used to teach chromosome localization.
  • a novel full-length protein can be used so the student can have practical learning experiences in protein purification procedures, protein re-folding when the protein is produced in prokaryotic host cells, and how to make both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies.
  • Antibodies that bind to mature protein can also be used to learn how to make affinity purification columns, to do enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
  • lipids are in the form of long-chain triglycerides. Because lipids are only slightly soluble in water, they pose special problems to the gastrointestinal tract at every stage of processing. In the stomach, lipids tend to separate out into an oily phase. In the duodenum and small intestine, lipids are emulsified with the aid of bile acids. The large surface area of the emulsion droplets allows access of the water-soluble lipolytic enzymes to their substrates. The water- soluble lipolytic enzymes are present secreted in pancreatic juices.
  • pancreatic lipase hydrolyzes triglycerides to 2-monglyceride. It is active on droplets or emulsions of triglycerides. The enzyme operates at the interface between the aqueous phase and the triglyceride-containing oil phase. However, even though bile acids are necessary for the emulsification of the lipids, pancreatic lipase is completely inactivated by bile salts at physiological conditions.
  • a protein known as colipase is able to relieve the inactivation of pancreatic lipase by bile salts.
  • Bile salts inhibit the activity of pancreatic lipase by binding to the surface of triglyceride-containing oil droplets. Colipase displaces bile salts from the surface of oil droplets. One pancreatic lipase then binds to each colipase molecule. If the individual cannot produce colipase then it would be necessary to administer a colipase to the individual.
  • the present invention fills this need by providing for a novel colipase, designated "Zclpsl.”
  • the present invention also provides Zclpsl polypeptides and Zclpsl fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins.
  • the Zclpsl polypeptide and the DNA that encodes the Zclpsl polypeptide are shown by SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2.
  • educational kits that contain isolated polynucleotide that encodes Zclpsl, or a Zclpsl polypeptide or an antibody that specifically binds to Zclpsl.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise such polypeptides, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention also provides isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Zclpsl polypeptide.
  • the present invention also provides vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules, recombinant host cells comprising such vectors and expression vectors, and recombinant viruses comprising such expression vectors. These expression vectors and recombinant host cells can be used to prepare Zclpsl polypeptides.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of such an expression vector or recombinant virus.
  • such pharmaceutical compositions comprise a human Zclpsl gene, or a variant thereof.
  • the present invention further contemplates antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with Zclpsl polypeptides.
  • Such antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies.
  • Examples of antibody fragments include F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units.
  • the present invention also provides methods for detecting the presence of Zclpsl RNA in a biological sample, comprising the steps of :
  • the presence of Zclpsl polypeptide in a biological sample can be detected by methods that comprise the steps of (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment.
  • a kit for detection of Zclpsl polypeptide may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of either SEQ ID NOs:2 - 10.
  • the present invention also contemplates anti-idiotype antibodies, or anti- idiotype antibody fragments, that specifically bind with an anti -Zclpsl antibody or antibody fragment, wherein the anti-idiotype antibody, or anti-idiotype antibody fragment, possesses anti-viral activity or anti-proliferative activity.
  • the present invention further includes methods for detecting an alteration in a chromosome containing Zclpsl.
  • Illustrative chromosomal aberrations at the Zclpsl gene locus include aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements.
  • flanking sequences including upstream promoter and regulatory regions
  • Such methods are effected by examining the Zclpsl gene and its gene products.
  • suitable assay methods include molecular genetic techniques known to those in the art, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing polymerase chain reaction techniques, ligation chain reaction, ribonuclease protection assays, use of single-nucleotide polymorphisms, protein truncation assays, and other genetic linkage techniques known in the art.
  • the present invention provides methods for diagnosing an alteration in the Zclpsl gene of an individual, comprising: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Zclpsl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the individual, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates an alteration in the Zclpsl gene.
  • methods of detecting a chromosome abnormality in a subject comprise: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Zclpsl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the subject, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates a chromosome abnormality.
  • the detecting step is performed by comparing the nucleotide sequence of the amplified nucleic acid molecules to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 1.
  • the detecting step can be performed by fractionating the amplified nucleic acid molecules and control nucleic acid molecules that encode the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs:2, and comparing the lengths of the fractionated amplified and control nucleic acid molecules.
  • Exemplary methods for amplification include polymerase chain reaction or reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction.
  • nucleic acid or “nucleic acid molecule” refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action.
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., ⁇ -enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both.
  • Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties.
  • Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
  • the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs.
  • modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well- known heterocyclic substitutes.
  • Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
  • Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like.
  • nucleic acid molecule also includes so-called “peptide nucleic acids,” which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
  • nucleic acid molecule refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence.
  • sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
  • contig denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule.
  • degenerate nucleotide sequence denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide.
  • Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
  • structural gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
  • an "isolated nucleic acid molecule” is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism.
  • a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule.
  • Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
  • nucleic acid molecule construct is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
  • Linear DNA denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends. Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption.
  • Codon DNA is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription.
  • cDNA refers to a double-stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand.
  • cDNA also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template.
  • a “promoter” is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene.
  • a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements
  • CREs cyclic AMP response elements
  • SREs serum response elements
  • GREs glucocorticoid response elements
  • binding sites for other transcription factors such as CRE/ATF [O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:19938 (1992)], AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol Chem. 269:25728 (1994)), SPl, cAMP response element binding protein [CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr.
  • a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known.
  • a "core promoter” contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription.
  • a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity.
  • a “regulatory element” is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter.
  • a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific,” “tissue-specific,” or “organelle-specific” manner.
  • the Zclpsl regulatory element preferentially induces gene expression in pituitary, melanocyte, fetal heart or pregnant uterus.
  • An “enhancer” is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
  • Heterologous DNA refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell.
  • DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA).
  • a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule.
  • a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter.
  • a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
  • polypeptide is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as “peptides.”
  • a “protein” is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains.
  • a protein may also comprise non-pep tidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
  • a peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
  • integrated genetic element is a segment of DNA that has been incorporated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the cell through human manipulation.
  • integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny.
  • a "cloning vector” is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell.
  • Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector.
  • Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
  • an “expression vector” is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell.
  • an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be “operably linked to” the promoter.
  • a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
  • a “recombinant host” is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector.
  • a recombinant host is a cell that produces Zclpsl from an expression vector.
  • Zclpsl can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of Zclpsl, and that lacks an expression vector.
  • “Integrative transformants” are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
  • a “fusion protein” is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes.
  • a fusion protein can comprise at least part of an Zclpsl polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix.
  • Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of Zclps 1 using affinity chromatography.
  • Receptor denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand.” This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell.
  • Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, IL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and EL-6 receptor).
  • Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction.
  • the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor.
  • the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell.
  • Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
  • secretory signal sequence denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
  • secretory peptide a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
  • the larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
  • isolated polypeptide is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature.
  • a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • isolated does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
  • amino-terminal or N-terminal and “carboxyl-terminal or C- terminal” are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
  • expression refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product.
  • expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
  • splice variant is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
  • immunomodulator includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
  • complement/anti-complement pair denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions.
  • biotin and avidin are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair.
  • Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like.
  • the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 10 9 M "1 .
  • an "anti-idiotype antibody” is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin.
  • an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti- Zclpsl -antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of Zclpsl.
  • an “antibody fragment” is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, a Zclpsl monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of Zclpsl .
  • antibody fragment also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker (“scFv proteins”), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
  • scFv proteins peptide linker
  • a “chimeric antibody” is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
  • Humanized antibodies are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
  • a “therapeutic agent” is a molecule or atom which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
  • a “detectable label” is a molecule or atom which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis.
  • detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
  • affinity tag is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate.
  • Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1075 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:1952
  • naked antibody is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
  • antibody component includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment.
  • immunoconjugate is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
  • antibody fusion protein refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent.
  • therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein”) and toxins (“antibody-toxin fusion protein”).
  • tumor associated antigen is a protein normally not expressed, or expressed at lower levels, by a normal counterpart cell.
  • tumor associated antigens include alpha-fetoprotein, carcinoembryonic antigen, and Her-2/neu. Many other illustrations of tumor associated antigens are known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Urban et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 10:611 (1992).
  • an "infectious agent” denotes both microbes and parasites.
  • a “microbe” includes viruses, bacteria, rickettsia, mycoplasma, protozoa, fungi and like microorganisms.
  • a “parasite” denotes infectious, generally microscopic or very small multicellular invertebrates, or ova or juvenile forms thereof, which are susceptible to immune-mediated clearance or lytic or phagocytic destruction, such as malarial parasites, spirochetes, and the like.
  • infectious agent antigen is an antigen associated with an infectious agent.
  • a “target polypeptide” or a “target peptide” is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen.
  • T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
  • antigenic peptide is a peptide which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell.
  • antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell which binds or expresses the antigen.
  • the antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class U major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
  • RNA polymerase U catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA.
  • a nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA.
  • the RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA” and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene.”
  • Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
  • an "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for Zclpsl” or an “Zclpsl anti- sense oligonucleotide” is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the Zclpsl gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the Zclpsl gene.
  • a "ribozyme” is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
  • the term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene.”
  • an "external guide sequence” is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene.”
  • the term “variant human Zclpsl gene” refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of Zclpsl genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Additional variant forms oi Zclpsl genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein.
  • a variant Zclpsl gene can be identified by determining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions.
  • variant Zclpsl g nes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity” if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity” if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin).
  • a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a variant gene is functionally characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Zclpsl antibody.
  • allelic variant is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence.
  • ortholog denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation. "Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, ⁇ - globin, ⁇ -globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding a human Zclpsl gene can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human Zclpsl gene can be isolated from a human cDNA library.
  • the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from pancreas islets using methods well- known to those of skill in the art.
  • RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants.
  • total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3 rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)”]; Wu etal, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)”)].
  • total RNA can be isolated from pancreatic islet tissue by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41).
  • poly(A) + RNA In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A) + RNA must be isolated from , a total RNA preparation. Poly(A) + RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard ⁇ technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69: 1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4-12).
  • Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A) + RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. [see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46]. Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
  • a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a ⁇ gtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in ⁇ gtlO and ⁇ gtl 1," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
  • double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a pBLUESCRJPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a
  • LAMDAGEM-4 Promega Corp.
  • Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
  • the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques.
  • a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
  • a human genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art [see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327].
  • Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
  • Genomic DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases.
  • Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307- 327).
  • Nucleic acid molecules that en ⁇ pde a human Zclpsl gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucteotide sequences of the human Zclpsl gene, as described herein.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
  • human genomic libraries can be obtained from commercial sources such as Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL) and the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
  • a library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO: 1, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
  • Anti-Zclpsl antibodies produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human Zclpsl genes from cDNA libraries.
  • the antibodies can be used to screen ⁇ gtl 1 expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening ⁇ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in NA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)).
  • a Zclpsl gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9).
  • Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize D ⁇ A molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 21 :1131 (1993), Bambot et al, PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, [Humana Press, Inc., 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl. 4:299 (1995)].
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "D ⁇ A synthesizers" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded D ⁇ A is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately.
  • the production of short genes 60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical D ⁇ A synthesis is seldom 100%.
  • synthetic genes double-stranded are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length.
  • One method for building a synthetic gene requires the initial production of a set of overlapping, complementary oligonucleotides, each of which is between 20 to 60 nucleotides long.
  • the sequences of the strands are planned so that, after annealing, the two end segments of the gene are aligned to give blunt ends.
  • Each internal section of the gene has complementary 3' and 5' terminal extensions that are designed to base pair precisely with an adjacent section.
  • synthetic genes can be designed with terminal sequences that facilitate insertion into a restriction endonuclease sites of a cloning vector and other sequences should also be added that contain signals for the proper initiation and termination of transcription and translation.
  • An alternative way to prepare a full-size gene is to synthesize a specified set of overlapping oligonucleotides (40 to 100 nucleotides). After the 3' and 5' extensions (6 to 10 nucleotides) are annealed, large gaps still remain, but the base-paired regions are both long enough and stable enough to hold the structure together. The duplex is completed and the gaps filled by enzymatic DNA synthesis with E. coli DNA polymerase I.
  • This enzyme uses the 3'-hydroxyl groups as replication initiation points and the single-stranded regions as templates. After the enzymatic synthesis is completed, the nicks are sealed with T4 DNA ligase.
  • the complete gene sequence is usually assembled from double-stranded fragments that are each put together by joining four to six overlapping oligonucleotides (20 to 60 base pairs each). If there is a sufficient amount of the double-stranded fragments after each synthesis and annealing step, they are simply joined to one another. Otherwise, each fragment is cloned into a vector to amplify the amount of DNA available. In both cases, the double-stranded constructs are sequentially linked to one another to form the entire gene sequence.
  • the sequence of a Zclpsl cDNA or Zclpsl genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Moreover, the identification of genomic fragments containing a Zclpsl promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well- established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
  • Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of Zclpsl proteins by "gene activation," following the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous Zclpsl gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the Zclpsl locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site.
  • the targeting sequence is a Zclpsl 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous Zclpsl locus, wherein the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous Zclpsl coding sequence.
  • an endogenous Zclpsl promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
  • the present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules, including DNA and RNA molecules, that encode the Zclpsl polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules.
  • preferential codon usage or “preferential codons” is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid.
  • the amino acid Threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential.
  • Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art.
  • Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species.
  • the present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are Zclpsl polypeptides from other mammalian species, including murine, porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. Orthologs of human Zclpsl can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques.
  • a cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses Zclpsl as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein. A library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line. A Zclpsl -encoding cDNA can be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial human cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences. A cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative human Zclpsl sequences disclosed herein.
  • the cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to Zclpsl polypeptide. Similar techniques can also be applied to the isolation of genomic clones, and to the isolation of nucleic molecules that encode murine Zclpsl. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the sequence disclosed in SEQ
  • ID NO:l represents a single allele of human Zclpsl, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 , including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NOs:2, 3 and 4.
  • cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the Zclpsl polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs.
  • Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode human Zclpsl can hybridize to nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or a sequence complementary thereto, under
  • stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant Zclpsl polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin), 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA.
  • 5xSSC lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate
  • 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
  • 5x Denhardt's solution l
  • hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65 °C, in a solution that does not contain formamide.
  • a higher temperature such as about 65 °C
  • premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions.
  • Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zclpsl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
  • Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zclpsl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • the present invention also provides isolated Zclpsl polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2, or its orthologs.
  • substantially similar sequence identity is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2 or its orthologs.
  • the present invention also contemplates Zclpsl variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above.
  • Such Zclpsl variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1 % SDS at 55 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs:2.
  • Zclpsl variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the present invention also contemplates human Zclpsl variant nucleic acid molecules identified by at least one of hybridization analysis and sequence identity determination, with reference to SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 59:10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1 , and the "BLOSUM 62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 1 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one-letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences] )( 100).
  • LD O LD O rH H CM LD O LD O rH H CM
  • Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative Zclpsl variant.
  • the FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat' I Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990).
  • the ten regions with the highest density of identities are then re-scored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score.
  • the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps.
  • the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch- Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 26:1B1 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions.
  • FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above.
  • the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above.
  • the present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. That is, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, a sulfur- containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy- containing amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a Zclpsl amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a Zclpsl amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a di
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
  • the BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins
  • the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention.
  • conservative amino acid substitution preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1.
  • an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3).
  • telomere sequence identity is characterized by having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the corresponding human (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 2) amino acid sequences, wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid changes in an Zclpsl gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l.
  • Such "conservative amino acid” variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (TRL Press 1991)).
  • the ability of such variants to promote anti-viral or anti-proliferative activity can be determined using a standard method, such as the assay described herein.
  • a variant Zclpsl polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti- Zclpsl antibodies.
  • the proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues.
  • Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, trans-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, c/.s-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, ⁇ // ⁇ -threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-mefhylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine.
  • coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine).
  • a natural amino acid that is to be replaced e.g., phenylalanine
  • the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine.
  • the non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994).
  • Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the
  • Non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for Zclpsl amino acid residues.
  • Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci.
  • Zclpsl ligand binding domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992). Moreover, Zclpsl labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of Zclpsl ligand.
  • variant DNAs are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations.
  • This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNAs, such as allelic variants or DNAs from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes.
  • Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells.
  • Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-Zclpsl antibodies can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
  • the present invention also includes "functional fragments" of Zclpsl polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments.
  • Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Zclpsl polypeptide.
  • DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 can be digested with Bal3l nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions.
  • exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment.
  • particular fragments of a Zclpsl gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
  • the present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a Zclpsl gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant Zclpsl gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, as discussed above.
  • the present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an [-bearing portion of a Zclpsl polypeptide described herein.
  • Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen.
  • Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci.
  • Examples of such epitopes are a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residues 3, an to and including amino acid residue 39, an asparagine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:3; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 14, an aspartic acid, to and including amino acid residue 55, a glutamic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2, also defined by SEQ ID NO:4; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 27, a glutamine, to and including amino acid residue 64, a glutamic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:5; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 38, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 85, an asparagine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:6; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 49, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 95, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:3;
  • antigenic epitope which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind. Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). Accordingly, antigenic epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
  • Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides preferably contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Such epitope-bearing peptides can be used to generate antibodies which bind to the native Zclpsl polypeptide The antibodies can then be used to purify the Zclpsl using affinity chromatography.
  • Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a Zclpsl polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein.
  • epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen,
  • the gene encodes a polypeptide that is characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Zclpsl antibody.
  • the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ED NOs: 1-10.
  • a computer-readable medium can be encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically- readable media.
  • Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk.
  • Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
  • Fusion proteins of Zclpsl can be used to express Zclpsl in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed Zclpsl. As described below, particular Zclpsl fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
  • fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a Zclpsl polypeptide from a recombinant host cell.
  • a secretory signal sequence also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
  • the secretory signal sequence may be derived from Zclpsl, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo.
  • the secretory signal sequence is operably linked to an Zclpsl - encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell.
  • Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
  • yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells.
  • suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating phermone ⁇ - factor (encoded by the MFal gene), invertase
  • Glutathione S-transferease fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns.
  • a Zclpsl fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose.
  • Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et al, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E.
  • Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag
  • the present invention also contemplates that the use of the secretory signal sequence contained in the Zclpsl polypeptides of the present invention to direct other polypeptides into the secretory pathway.
  • the secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino- terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway.
  • Such constructs have numerous applications known in the art.
  • these novel secretory signal sequence fusion constructs can direct the secretion of an active component of a normally non-secreted protein, such as a receptor.
  • Such fusions may be used in a transgenic animal or in a cultured recombinant host to direct peptides through the secretory pathway.
  • exemplary polypeptides include pharmaceutically active molecules such as Factor Vila, proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukins (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-1), IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL- 10, EL-l l, IL-12, BL-13, IL-14, and JJL-15), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF)), interferons (e.g., interferons- ⁇ , - ⁇ , - ⁇ , - ⁇ , and - ⁇ ), the stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor,” erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin.
  • interleukins e.g., interleuk
  • the Zclpsl secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Fusion proteins comprising a Zclpsl secretory signal sequence can be constructed using standard techniques.
  • fusion protein comprises an Zclpsl polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an F c fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region.
  • an F c fragment typically an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region
  • Chang et al U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125, describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment.
  • the C-terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety.
  • An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert.
  • An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ED NO: ).
  • a preferred Fc moiety is a human ⁇ 4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity.
  • the present invention contemplates a Zclpsl fusion protein that comprises a Zclpsl moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the Zclpsl moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker.
  • the Zclpsl moiety can be a Zclpsl molecule or a fragment thereof.
  • a Zclpsl fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a Zclpsl moiety covalently joined to the aminoterminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the aminoterminal of the Zclpsl moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH 2 domain, and a CH 3 domain. Accordingly, the
  • IgG sequence lacks a CHi domain.
  • Fusion proteins comprising a Zclpsl moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool.
  • the presence of a Zclpsl ligand in a biological sample can be detected using a Zclpsl -immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the Zclpsl moiety is used to target the cognate ligand, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex.
  • fusion proteins can be used to identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of Zclpsl to its ligand.
  • antibody-Zclpsl fusion proteins comprising antibody variable domains
  • Methods of making antibody- cytokine fusion proteins are known to those of skill in the art.
  • antibody fusion proteins comprising an interleukin-2 moiety are described by Boleti et al, Ann. Oncol. 6:945 (1995), Nicolet et al, Cancer Gene Ther. 2:161 (1995), Becker et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 93:7826 (1996), Hank et al, Clin. Cancer Res. 2:1951 (1996), and Hu et al, Cancer Res.
  • cytokine-antibody fusion proteins include IL-8, IL-12, or interferon- ⁇ as the cytokine moiety (Holzer et al, Cytokine 8:2 4 (1996); Gillies et al, J. Immunol 160:6195 (1998); Xiang et al, Hum. Antibodies Hybridomas 7:2 (1996)). Also see, Gillies, U.S.
  • Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16- 19 to 16-25.
  • the present invention also contemplates chemically modified Zclpsl compositions, in which an Zclpsl polypeptide is linked with a polymer.
  • the polymer is water soluble so that the Zclpsl conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment.
  • An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation, In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled.
  • a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714).
  • the polymer may be branched or unbranched.
  • a mixture of polymers can be used to produce Zclpsl conjugates.
  • Zclpsl conjugates used for therapy should preferably comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties.
  • Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl-
  • Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000.
  • a Zclpsl conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
  • PEGylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with a Zclpsl polypeptide.
  • An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to N-hydroxysuccinimide.
  • acylation includes the following types of linkages between Zclpsl and a water soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like.
  • Methods for preparing PEGylated Zclpsl by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting a Zclpsl polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to Zclpsl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
  • PEG such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG
  • the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG:Zclpsl, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated Zclpsl product.
  • the product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated Zclpsl product, wherein the lysine ⁇ -amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl linking group.
  • An example of a connecting linkage is an amide.
  • the resulting polyPEGylated Zclpsl product wherein the lysine ⁇ -amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl linking group.
  • An example of a connecting linkage is an amide.
  • Zclpsl will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions. PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated Zclpsl polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
  • PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with Zclpsl in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • PEG groups are preferably attached to the polypeptide via a -CH 2 - ⁇ H group.
  • Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization.
  • the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ⁇ -amino groups of the lysine residues and the ⁇ -amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein.
  • a water-soluble polymer that contains a reactive group such as an aldehyde
  • the conjugation with the polymer occurs predominantly at the N-terminus of the protein without significant modification of other reactive groups such as the lysine side chain amino groups.
  • the present invention provides a substantially homogenous preparation of Zclpsl monopolymer conjugates.
  • Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Zclpsl conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting a Zclpsl polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the ⁇ -amino group at the amino terminus of the Zclpsl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
  • the reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and preferably be able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation.
  • Preferred reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
  • the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those which permit the selective attachment of the water soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of Zclpsl .
  • Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the ⁇ -amino group at the N-terminus.
  • the pH also affects the ratio of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal ⁇ -group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymer: Zclpsl need not be as large because more reactive groups are available. Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 - 9, or 3 - 6.
  • the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about 25 kDa.
  • the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Zclpsl will generally be in the range of 1:1 to 100:1. Typically, the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Zclpsl will be 1:1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1.1 to 5 : 1 for monoPEGylation.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell.
  • expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
  • Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination polyadenylation sequence.
  • expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell.
  • a Zclpsl expression vector may comprise a Zclpsl gene and a secretory sequence derived from a Zclpsl gene or another secreted gene.
  • Zclpsl proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells.
  • suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 1587), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL 8544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 [Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet.
  • GH1 rat pituitary cells
  • H-4-fl-E rat hepatoma cells
  • COS-1 SV40- transformed monkey kidney cells
  • NIH-3T3 murine embryonic cells
  • the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression.
  • Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
  • Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis.
  • Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl. Genet.
  • TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 79:6111 (1982)), the cytomegalovirus promoter (Foecking et al, Gene 45:101 (1980)), and the mouse mammary tumor virus promoter (see, generally, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163-181 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
  • a prokaryotic promoter such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter, can be used to control Zclpsl gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl Acids Res. 79:4485 (1991)).
  • An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like.
  • the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome.
  • Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
  • one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin.
  • selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like.
  • Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification.” Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes.
  • a preferred amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate.
  • drugs resistance genes e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase
  • markers that introduce an altered phenotype such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
  • Zclpsl polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system.
  • viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • Adenovirus a double- stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)).
  • Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
  • Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells ATCC Nos. CRL- 1573, 45504, 45505
  • can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein see Garnier et al, Cytotechnol 15:145 (1994)).
  • Zclpsl genes may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells.
  • the baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Zclpsl genes into insect cells.
  • Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa califomica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa califomica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter.
  • hsp Drosophila heat shock protein
  • ie-1 Autographa califomica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter
  • baculovirus plO promoter the Drosophila metallo
  • a second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et al, J. Virol 67:4566 (1993)).
  • This system which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD).
  • This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the Zclpsl polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid.” See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:91 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen.
  • transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed Zclpsl polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag [Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 82:1952 (1985)].
  • a transfer vector containing a Zclpsl gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus.
  • the bacmid DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
  • the illustrative PFASTB AC vector can be modified to a considerable degree.
  • the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculovirus basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter) which is expressed earlier in the baculovirus infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins (see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem.
  • transfer vector constructs a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used.
  • transfer vectors can be constructed which replace the native Zclpsl secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins. For example, a secretory signal sequence from ⁇ cdysteroid
  • Glucosyltransferase ( ⁇ GT), honey bee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculovirus gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native Zclpsl secretory signal sequence.
  • Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from ⁇ PLB-5/-21 , a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 5/9 (ATCC CRL 1711), 5 21A ⁇ , and 5/21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH F1N ⁇ O cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435).
  • Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells. Suitable media are Sf900 ITTM (Life Technologies) or ⁇ SF 921TM
  • the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 10 5 cells to a density of 1-2 x 10 6 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
  • MOI multiplicity of infection
  • yeast cells can also be used to express the genes described herein.
  • Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica.
  • Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GAL1 (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like.
  • GAL1 galactose
  • PGK phosphoglycerate kinase
  • ADH alcohol dehydrogenase
  • AOX1 alcohol oxidase
  • HIS4 histidinol dehydrogenase
  • These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCpl9.
  • Methods for transforming 5. cerevisiae cells with exogenous D ⁇ A and producing recombinant polypeptides therefrom are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No.
  • Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine).
  • a preferred vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent
  • Transformation systems for other yeasts including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol. 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349.
  • Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 14:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 98/02536, and WO 98/02565.
  • DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation.
  • the promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P.
  • methanolica gene such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUG1 or A UG2).
  • Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes.
  • DHAS dihydroxyacetone synthase
  • FMD formate dehydrogenase
  • CAT catalase
  • a preferred selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine.
  • methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
  • Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells.
  • Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 70:268 (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-88 (CRC Press, 1993).
  • Zclpsl genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells.
  • Suitable promoters that can be used to express Zclpsl polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the P R and P L promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B.
  • subtilis the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl trans- ferase gene.
  • Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol. 7:277 (1987), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995).
  • Preferred prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus.
  • Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(D ⁇ 3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RRl, Y1088, Y1089, CSH18, ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)).
  • Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB886, Mil 19,
  • the polypeptide When expressing a Zclpsl polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution.
  • the denaturant such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione
  • the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding.
  • Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al.
  • polypeptides of the present invention it is preferred to purify the polypeptides of the present invention to at least about 80% purity, more preferably to at least about 90% purity, even more preferably to at least about 95% purity, or even greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure.
  • a purified polypeptide is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
  • Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of Zclpsl purified from natural sources ie.g., pituitary gland), and recombinant Zclpsl polypeptides and Zclpsl polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells.
  • ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples.
  • Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred.
  • Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl- Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like.
  • Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
  • Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity
  • Zclpsl isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art.
  • anti-Zclpsl antibodies obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification.
  • the use of monoclonal antibody columns to purify interferons from recombinant cells and from natural sources has been described, for example, by Staehelin et al, J. Biol. Chem. 256:9150 (1981), and by Adolf et al, J. Biol. Chem. 265:9290 (1990).
  • methods for binding receptors, such as Zclpsl to ligand polypeptides bound to support media are well known in the art.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties.
  • immobilized metal ion adsorption (EvIAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3: 1 (1985)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents.
  • EvIAC immobilized metal ion adsorption
  • Zclpsl polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described below.
  • Zclpsl polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
  • Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, preferably at least nine, and more preferably at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NOs:2, 3 or 4. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
  • Zclpsl polypeptides of the present invention can also be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis.
  • the polypeptides are preferably prepared by solid phase peptide synthesis, for example as described by Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963).
  • Solid phase synthesis is usually carried out from the carboxyl-terminus by coupling the alpha-amino protected (side-chain protected) amino acid to a suitable solid support.
  • An ester linkage is formed when the attachment is made to a chloromethyl, chlortrityl or hydroxymethyl resin, and the resulting polypeptide will have a free carboxyl group at the C-terminus.
  • an amide resin such as benzhydrylamine orp-methylbenzhydrylamine resin (for tBoc chemistry) and Rink amide or PAL resin (for Fmoc chemistry) are used, an amide bond is formed and the resulting polypeptide will have a carboxamide group at the C-terminus.
  • N- terminal cysteine-containing peptide is chemically ligated to a peptide having a C- terminal thioester group to form a normal peptide bond at the ligation site.
  • the "expressed protein ligation” method is a semi-synthesis variation of the ligation approach (see, for example, Muir et al, Proc. Nat 'I Acad. Sci. USA 95:6105 (1998); Severinov and Muir, J. Biol. Chem. 273:16205 (1998)).
  • synthetic peptides and protein cleavage fragments are linked to form the desired protein product.
  • This method is particularly useful for the site-specific inco ⁇ oration of unnatural amino acids (e.g., amino acids comprising biophysical or biochemical probes) into proteins.
  • the gene or gene fragment is expressed in frame fused with a chitin binding domain sequence, and a Pro-Gly is appended to the native C terminus of the protein of interest.
  • the presence of a C-terminal glycine reduces the chance of side reactions, because the glycine residue accelerates native chemical ligation.
  • Affinity chromatography with a chitin resin is used to purify the expressed fusion protein, and the chemical ligation step is initiated by incubating the resin-bound protein with thiophenol and synthetic peptide in buffer. This mixture produces the in situ generation of a highly reactive phenyl "thioester derivative of the protein that rapidly ligates with the synthetic peptide to produce the desired semi-synthetic protein.
  • a general class of Zclpsl analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et al, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 708:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype Zclpsl antibodies mimic Zclpsl, these domains can provide either Zclpsl agonist or antagonist activity.
  • a third approach to identifying Zclpsl analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et al.
  • the activity of Zclpsl can be measured by a silicon-based biosensor microphysiometer which measures the extracellular acidification rate or proton excretion associated with receptor binding and subsequent cellular responses.
  • An exemplary device is the CYTOSENSOR Microphysiometer manufactured by Molecular Devices Corp. (Sunnyvale, CA).
  • a variety of cellular responses, such as cell proliferation, ion transport, energy production, inflammatory response, regulatory and receptor activation, and the like, can be measured by this method (see, for example, McConnell et al, Science 257:1906 (1992), Pitchford et al, Meth. Enzymol. 228:84 (1997), Arimilli et al, J. Immunol. Meth.
  • microphysiometer can be used for assaying adherent or non-adherent eukaryotic or prokaryotic cells.
  • Zclpsl, its analogs, and anti-iodiotype Zclpsl antibodies can be used to identify and to isolate Zclpsl ligands.
  • proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind ligand proteins from tissue and serum preparations that are run over the column (Hermanson et al (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195-202 (Academic Press 1992)).
  • Radiolabeled or affinity labeled Zclpsl polypeptides can also be used to identify or to localize Zclpsl ligands in a biological sample (see, for example,
  • a solid phase system can be used to identify a Zclpsl ligand, or an agonist or antagonist of a Zclpsl ligand.
  • a Zclpsl polypeptide or Zclpsl fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use of this instrument is disclosed, for example, by Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 745:229 (1991), and Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol. Biol. 234:554 (1993).
  • a Zclpsl polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell. A test sample is then passed through the cell.
  • a receptor If a receptor is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index of the medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film.
  • This system allows the determination of on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of stoichiometry of binding.
  • This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti- complement pairs.
  • Antibodies to Zclpsl can be obtained, for example, using the product of a Zclpsl expression vector or Zclpsl isolated from a natural source as an antigen.
  • Antibodies "bind specifically" to Zclpsl. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to Zclpsl with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to Zclps 1.
  • antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a Zclpsl polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (K a ) of 10 6 M _1 or greater, preferably 10 7 M “1 or greater, more preferably 10 8 M “ ' or greater, and most preferably 10 9 M “1 or greater.
  • K a binding affinity
  • the binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 51:660 (1949)).
  • Anti-Zclpsl antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect Zclpsl, but not known related polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis.
  • Anti-Zclpsl antibodies can be produced using antigenic Zclpsl epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides.
  • Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, preferably between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO:2.
  • peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with Zclpsl. It is desirable that the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
  • Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant Zclpsl protein or to Zclpsl isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995).
  • the immunogenicity of a Zclpsl polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • an adjuvant such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of Zclpsl or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein.
  • the polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof.
  • polypeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
  • a macromolecular carrier such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • tetanus toxoid tetanus toxoid
  • polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep
  • an anti- Zclpsl antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody.
  • monoclonal anti-Zclpsl antibodies can be generated.
  • Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-
  • monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an Zclpsl gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B- lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
  • an anti-Zclpsl antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge.
  • elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci.
  • the transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG),” in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
  • antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody.
  • Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods.
  • antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab') 2 .
  • This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments.
  • the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages.
  • an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly.
  • These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73:119 (1959), Edelman et al, in Methods in Enzymology Vol 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
  • cleaving antibodies such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
  • Fv fragments comprise an association of V H and V L chains.
  • This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972).
  • the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)).
  • the Fv fragments may comprise V H and V L chains which are connected by a peptide linker.
  • These single-chain antigen binding proteins are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the V H and V L domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains.
  • a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to Zclpsl polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled Zclpsl protein or peptide).
  • Genes encoding polypeptides having potential Zclpsl polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli.
  • Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis.
  • random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides which interact with a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,484, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,698, and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc.
  • Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the Zclpsl sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins which bind to Zclpsl.
  • CDR peptides (“minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al.
  • an anti-Zclpsl antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody.
  • Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts.
  • the use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:3833 (1989).
  • Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-Zclpsl antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques.
  • monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-Zclpsl antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above.
  • humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti- idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by Irie, U.S. Patent No. 5,208,146,
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a Zclpsl gene in a biological sample.
  • Probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with
  • RNA isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Zclpsl RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
  • Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
  • RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)).
  • Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32 P or 35 S.
  • Zclpsl RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)).
  • nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates.
  • Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
  • Zclpsl oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, 18 F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Zclpsl primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
  • RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the gunadinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above.
  • a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate.
  • a reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Zclpsl anti-sense oligomers.
  • Oligo- dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences.
  • Zclpsl sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
  • PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches.
  • PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining.
  • fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled Zclpsl probe, and examined by autoradiography.
  • Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
  • CPT cycling probe technology
  • NASBA nucleic acid sequence-based amplification
  • CATCH cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • Zclpsl probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize Zclpsl gene expression in tissue samples.
  • Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In situ hybridization
  • Nucleic acid molecules comprising Zclpsl nucleotide sequences can also be used to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the Zclpsl gene.
  • Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the Zclpsl gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate the Zclpsl gene.
  • Aberrations associated with the Zclpsl locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis (ARMS), single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis (FAMA), and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc.
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the Zclpsl target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in- frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7 -coupled reticulocyte lysate system.
  • the translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products.
  • the protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
  • Zclpsl protein is isolated from a subject, the molecular weight of the isolated Zclpsl protein is determined, and then compared with the molecular weight a normal Zclpsl protein, such as a protein having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • a substantially lower molecular weight for the isolated Zclpsl protein is indicative that the protein is truncated.
  • substantially lower molecular weight refers to at least about 10 percent lower, and preferably, at least about 25 percent lower.
  • the Zclpsl protein may be isolated by various procedures known in the art including immunoprecipitation, solid phase radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, or Western blotting.
  • kits for performing a diagnostic assay for Zclpsl gene expression or to detect mutations in the Zclpsl gene comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or a fragment thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
  • kits contains all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above.
  • a kit will comprise at least one container comprising a Zclpsl probe or primer.
  • the kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zclpsl sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the Zclpsl probes and primers are used to detect Zclpsl gene expression.
  • written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zclpsl, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a Zclpsl -encoding nucleotide sequence.
  • the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of anti-Zclpsl antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Zclpsl.
  • anti-Zclpsl antibodies are used in liquid phase.
  • the presence of Zclpsl in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Zclpsl and an anti-Zclpsl antibody under conditions that promote binding between Zclpsl and its antibody.
  • Complexes of Zclpsl and anti-Zclpsl in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A.
  • the concentration of Zclpsl in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Zclpsl bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free Zclpsl.
  • Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
  • in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-Zclpsl antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier.
  • antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube.
  • suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
  • anti- Zclpsl antibodies can be used to detect Zclpsl in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of Zclpsl and to determine the distribution of Zclpsl in the examined tissue.
  • General immunochemistry techniques are well established (see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their
  • Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Zclpsl antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule which binds to the antibody.
  • the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Zclpsl antibody.
  • the anti-Zclpsl antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin).
  • avidin/streptavidin or biotin
  • biotin or avidin/streptavidin
  • an anti-Zclpsl antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugate.
  • Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
  • the detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography.
  • Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3 H, 125 L ,3, L 35 S and 14 C.
  • Anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound.
  • the presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence.
  • Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
  • anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound.
  • the presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction.
  • chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
  • Bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates of the present invention.
  • Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
  • Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
  • anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Zclpsl antibody component to an enzyme.
  • the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means.
  • enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include ⁇ -galac- tosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
  • the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Zclpsl antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), “Avidin-Biotin Technology,” Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
  • kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for Zclpsl gene expression comprise at least one container comprising an anti-Zclpsl antibody, or antibody fragment.
  • a kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zclpsl antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that Zclpsl antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect Zclpsl protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect Zclpsl. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • the dosage of administered Zclpsl for the treatment of endocrine-related disorders will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • a dosage of Zclpsl which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate.
  • Administration of a molecule having Zclpsl activity to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection.
  • the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses.
  • Zclpsl can be administered as a controlled release formulation.
  • Cleland and Jones, Pharm. Res. 13: 1464 (1996) describe a method for producing interferon- ⁇ encapsulated in polylactic-coglycolic microspheres. Additional routes of administration include oral, dermal, mucosal- membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous.
  • Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid-based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems,
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zclpsl activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, wherein the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient.
  • Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995).
  • molecules having Zclpsl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zclpsl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
  • an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in the inhibition of the growth of tumor cells or in the inhibition of a viral infection.
  • An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor.
  • Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising molecules having Zclpsl activity can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Proteins having Zclpsl activity, such as human or murine Zclpsl, can be administered as a conjugate with a pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moiety, as described above.
  • a Zclpsl -polyethylene glycol conjugate is useful to increase the circulating half-life of the Zclpsl, and to reduce the immunogenicity of the polypeptide.
  • Liquid forms including liposome-encapsulated formulations, are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions.
  • Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms, such as a miniosmotic pump or an implant.
  • dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 5 th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19 th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
  • Zclpsl pharmaceutical compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises Zclpsl, a Zclpsl agonist, or a Zclpsl antagonist (e.g., an anti- Zclpsl antibody or antibody fragment).
  • Zclpsl can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection.
  • a kit can include a dry-powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the Zclpsl composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to Zclpsl.
  • a Zclpsl polypeptide can be used administered to a patient to promote better digestion of lipids.
  • an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a Zclpsl gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription.
  • a core promoter and optionally a regulatory element
  • a Zclpsl gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 97:215 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:207 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci.
  • adenoviral vectors e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 97:215
  • alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:857 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:1188 (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,587, 5,288,641 and 5,328,688), parvovirus vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox virus vectors [Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm.
  • pox viruses such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:311 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)), and retroviruses (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 53:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci. Res 33:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res.
  • pox viruses such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:311 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)
  • retroviruses e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79
  • the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
  • adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus
  • the adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters.
  • adenoviruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
  • adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted inserts are inco ⁇ orated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid.
  • the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell.
  • adenovirus When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver).
  • adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector.
  • Such adenoviruses are El -deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2022 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)).
  • the deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfitano et al,
  • High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods.
  • recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1211 (1994), Visalli and Brandt, Virology 785:419 (1991), Grau et al, Invest. Ophthalmol.
  • an expression vector comprising a Zclpsl gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes.
  • Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (1988)).
  • the use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages.
  • Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain.
  • Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the pu ⁇ ose of targeting.
  • Targeted peptides e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters
  • proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
  • Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration.
  • Aihara and Miyazaki Nature Biotechnology 76:867 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
  • a therapeutic gene may encode a Zclpsl anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of Zclpsl.
  • Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of Zclpsl disclosed herein.
  • an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468,
  • ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with Zclpsl mRNA.
  • expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting
  • an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altaian et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053, Yuan et al, Science 263: 1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication No. WO 96/18733, George et al, international publication No. WO 96/21731, and Werner et al, international publication No. WO 97/33991).
  • the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to Zclpsl mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine.
  • the external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
  • the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a Zclpsl nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor.
  • Horton et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 96: 1553 (1999) demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon- ⁇ produces potent antitumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model.
  • a composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject.
  • suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack
  • a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence inhibits the growth of tumor cells or inhibits viral infection.
  • An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor.
  • Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer.
  • the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy.
  • the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
  • Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the human Zclpsl gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of Zclpsl can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess Zclpsl. Transgenic mice that over-express Zclpsl also provide model bioreactors for production of Zclpsl in the milk or blood of larger animals.
  • a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a Zclpsl gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)).
  • the donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human
  • hCG Chorionic Gonadotropin
  • Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating. Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma). Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod.
  • Ten to twenty micrograms of plasmid DNA containing a Zclpsl encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection.
  • Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO 2 -equilibrated mineral oil.
  • the DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
  • Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO 2 incubator.
  • two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients.
  • the recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds.
  • Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope.
  • a small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen.
  • the reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape.
  • the fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
  • a baby serrefine Robot, Rockville, MD
  • the recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning.
  • the weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors.
  • Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a Zclpsl gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
  • a partial hepatectomy is performed.
  • a surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process.
  • a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized.
  • a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity.
  • An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N. J.) is placed proximal to the first tie.
  • a distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish.
  • the excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice.
  • the surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively.
  • the animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery.
  • the expression level of Zclpsl mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
  • transgenic mice that over-express Zclpsl
  • Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of Zclpsl.
  • Zclpsl gene expression can be inhibited using anti- sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes.
  • inhibitory sequences are targeted to murine Zclpsl mRNA.
  • An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no Zclpsl gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal Zclpsl allele replaced by a nonfunctional Zclpsl gene.
  • One method of designing a nonfunctional Zclpsl gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes murine Zclpsl.
  • Standard methods for producing these so-called “knockout mice” are known to those skilled in the art [see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)].
  • the polynucleotides provided by the present invention can be used by the research community for various pu ⁇ oses.
  • the polynucleotides can be used to express recombinant protein for analysis, characterization or therapeutic; as markers for tissues in which the corresponding protein is preferentially expressed (either constitutively or at a particular stage of tissue differentiation or development or disease states); as molecular weight markers on Southern gels; as chromosome markers (when labeled) to map related gene positions; to compare with endogenous DNA sequences in patients to identify potential genetic disorders; as probes to hybridize and thus discover novel, related DNA sequences; as a source of information to derive PCR primers for genetic finge ⁇ rinting; as a probe to "subtract-out" known sequences in the process of discovering other novel polynucleotides; to raise anti- protein antibodies using DNA immunization techniques; and as an antigen to raise anti-DNA antibodies or elicit another immune response.
  • the polynucleotide encodes a protein which binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction)
  • the polynucleotide can also be used in interaction trap assays [such as, for example, that described in Gyuris et al Cell 75:791-803 (1993)] to identify polynucleotides encoding the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction.
  • the proteins provided by the present invention can similarly be used to raise antibodies or to elicit another immune response: as a reagent (including the labeled reagent) in assays designed to quantitatively determine levels of the protein (or its receptor) in biological fluids; as markers for tissues using labeled antibodies; and to isolate correlative receptors or ligands.
  • a reagent including the labeled reagent
  • the protein can be used to identify the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction. Proteins involved in these binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction.
  • a protein of the present invention may exhibit cytokine-cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting) or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting)activity or may induce production of other cytokines in certain cell populations.
  • cytokine-cell proliferation either inducing or inhibiting
  • cell differentiation either inducing or inhibiting
  • the activity of a protein of the present invention is evidenced by any one of a number of routine factor dependent cell proliferation assays for cell lines including without limitation, 32D, DA2, DA1G, T10, B9, B9/11, BaF3, MC9/G, M+(preB M+), 2E8, RB5, DAI, 123, T1165, HT2, CTLL2, TF-1, Mo7e and CMK.
  • the activity of a protein of the invention may, among other means, be measured by assays for T-cell or thymocyte proliferation, assays for cytokine production or proliferation of spleen cells, lymph node cells or thymocytes, assays for proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic and lymphopoietic cells, and assays for T-cell clone responses to antigens which will identify, among others, proteins that affect antigen-presenting cells (APC)/T-cell interactions as well as direct T-cell effects by measuring proliferation and cytokine production.
  • APC antigen-presenting cells
  • immunological assays include assays for T-cell dependent immunoglobulin responses and isotype switching (which will identify, among others, proteins that modulate T-cell dependent antibody responses and that affect Thl/Th2 profiles); mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) assays (which will identify proteins that generate predominantly Thl and CTL responses); dendritic cell-dependent assays (which will identify, among others, proteins expressed a by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells); assays for lymphocyte survival/apoptosis (which will identify proteins that prevent apoptosis after superantigen induction and proteins that regulate lymphocyte homeostasis);assays for B cell function and assays for protein that influence early steps of T-cell commitment and development.
  • MLR mixed lymphocyte reaction
  • dendritic cell-dependent assays which will identify, among others, proteins expressed a by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells
  • lymphocyte survival/apoptosis which will identify proteins that prevent apop
  • a protein of the present invention may also exhibit immune stimulating or immune suppressing activity including, without limitation, the activities for which assays are described herein.
  • a protein may be useful in the treatment of various immune deficiencies and disorders [including severe combined immunodeficiency (SOC)], e.g., in regulating (up or down) growth and proliferation of T or B lymphocytes., as well as effecting the cytolytic activity of natural killer (NK) cells and other cell populations.
  • SOC severe combined immunodeficiency
  • NK natural killer cells and other cell populations.
  • These immune deficiencies may be genetic or by caused by viral as well as bacterial or fungal infections or may result from autoimmune disorders.
  • the protein of the present invention by may possibly be used to treat such diseases or to boost the immune system.
  • the protein of the present invention may be useful in promoting hematopoiesis, including causing proliferation of red blood cells, megakaryocytes, and myeloid cells such as monocytes/macrophages.
  • Assays for relating to stem cell growth or differentiation include: Freshney, M.G., in Culture of Hematopoietic Cells, Frshney, R.I. et al, Eds. (Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1994); Johansson et al. Cell. Bio. 75:141-151 (1995); Keller et al, Mol. & Cell. Bio.
  • the protein of the present invention may be used to repair or regenerate any number of different tissues including bone, ligaments, tendons, neurons and skin. Assays for tissue regeneration include those described in International Patent Publication No. WO95/16035 (bone, cartilage, tendon); WO95/05846 (neuron); and WO91/07491 (skin, endothelium).
  • a protein of the present invention may also exhibit activin or inhibin related activities.
  • Inhibin is a glycoprotein that circulates in plasma and inhibits gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH)-stimulated follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) secretion by the pituitary gland.
  • GnRH gonadotropin-releasing hormone
  • FSH follicle stimulating hormone
  • the protein of the present invention may be useful as a contraceptive or as a based upon the ability of inhibins to decrease fertility in female mammals and decrease spermatogenesis in male mammals.
  • Assays for activin/inhibin activity are described in the following: Vale et al, Endocrinology 97:562-572 (1972); Ling et al, Nature 321: 779-782 (1986); Vale et al, Nature 321:116-119 (1986); Mason et al, Nature 318:659-663 (1985); Forage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3091-3095 (1986).
  • the activity and effect of Zclspl, on tumor progression and metastasis can be measured in vivo.
  • Several syngeneic mouse models have been developed to study the influence of polypeptides, compounds or other treatments on tumor progression.
  • tumor cells passaged in culture are implanted into mice of the same strain as the tumor donor. The cells will develop into tumors having similar characteristics in the recipient mice, and metastasis will also occur in some of the models.
  • Appropriate tumor models for our studies include the Lewis lung carcinoma (ATCC No. CRL- 1642) and B 16 melanoma (ATCC No. CRL-6323), amongst others.
  • Tumors resulting from implantation of either of these cell lines are capable of metastasis to the lung in C57BL6 mice.
  • the Lewis lung carcinoma model has recently been used in mice to identify an inhibitor of angiogenesis (O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79: 315-328,1994).
  • C57BL6/J mice are treated with an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one time injection of recombinant adenovirus.
  • an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one time injection of recombinant adenovirus.
  • 10 to 10 cells are implanted under the dorsal skin.
  • the cells themselves may be infected with recombinant adenovirus, such as one expressing Zclspl , before implantation so that the protein is synthesized at the tumor site or intracellularly, rather than systemically.
  • the mice normally develop visible tumors within 5 days. The tumors are allowed to grow for a
  • the implanted cells can be transiently transfected with Zclspl.
  • Use of stable Zclspl transfectants as well as use of induceable promoters to activate Zclspl expression in vivo are known in the art and can be used in this system to assess Zclspl induction of metastasis.
  • O'Reilly MS et al. Cell 79:315- 328, (1994); and Rusciano D, et al. Murine Models of Liver Metastasis. Invasion Metastasis 74:349-361 (1995).
  • Polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention will additionally find use as educational tools as a laboratory practicum kits for courses related to genetics and molecular biology, protein chemistry and antibody production and analysis. Due to its unique polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence molecules of Zclpsl can be used as standards or as "unknowns" for testing pu ⁇ oses.
  • Zclpsl polynucleotides can be used as an aid, such as, for example, to teach a student how to prepare expression constructs for bacterial, viral, and/or mammalian expression, including fusion constructs, wherein Zclpsl is the gene to be expressed; for determining the restriction endonuclease cleavage sites of the polynucleotides; determining mRNA and DNA localization oi Zclpsl polynucleotides in tissues (i.e., by Northern and Southern blotting as well as polymerase chain reaction); and for identifying related polynucleotides and polypeptides by nucleic acid hybridization.
  • Zclpsl polypeptides can be used educationally as an aid to teach preparation of antibodies; identifying proteins by Western blotting; protein purification; determining the weight of expressed Zclpsl polypeptides as a ratio to total protein expressed; identifying peptide cleavage sites; coupling amino and carboxyl terminal tags; amino acid sequence analysis, as well as, but not limited to monitoring biological activities of both the native and tagged protein (i.e., receptor binding, signal transduction, proliferation, and differentiation) in vitro and in vivo.
  • native and tagged protein i.e., receptor binding, signal transduction, proliferation, and differentiation
  • Zclpsl polypeptides can also be used to teach analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, in particular the locations of the disulfide bonds, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution.
  • analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, in particular the locations of the disulfide bonds, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution.
  • a kit containing the Zclpsl can be given to the student to analyze. Since the amino acid sequence would be known by the professor, the protein can be given to the student as a test to determine the skills or develop the skills of the student, the teacher would then know whether or not the student has correctly analyzed the polypeptide. Since every polypeptide is unique, the educational utility of Zclpsl would be unique unto itself.
  • the antibodies which bind specifically to Zclpsl can be used as a teaching aid to instruct students how to prepare affinity chromatography columns to purify Zclpsl, cloning and sequencing the polynucleotide that encodes an antibody and thus as a practicum for teaching a student how to design humanized antibodies.
  • the Zclpsl gene, polypeptide or antibody would then be packaged by reagent companies and sold to universities so that the students gain skill in art of molecular biology. Because each gene and protein is unique, each gene and protein creates unique challenges and learning experiences for students in a lab practicum.
  • Such educational kits containing the Zclpsl gene, polypeptide, or antibody are considered within the scope of the present invention.
  • RNA extracted from pancreatic islet cells was reversed transcribed in the following manner.
  • the first strand cDNA reaction contained 10 ⁇ l of human pancreatic islet cell poly d(T)-selected poly (A) + mRNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA) at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml, and 2 ⁇ l of 20 pmole/ ⁇ l first strand primer SEQ ID NO: 11 (GTC TGG GTT CGC TAC TCG AGG CGG CCG CTA TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT) containing an Xho I restriction site. The mixture was heated at 70°C for 2.5 minutes and cooled by chilling on ice.
  • First strand cDNA synthesis was initiated by the addition of 8 ⁇ l of first strand buffer (5x SUPERSCRIPTTM buffer; Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD), 4 ⁇ l of 100 mM dithiothreitol, and 3 ⁇ l of a deoxynucleotide triphosphate (dNTP) solution containing 10 mM each of dTTP, dATP, dGTP and 5-methyl-dCTP (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Piscataway, NJ) to the RNA-primer mixture.
  • the reaction mixture was incubated at 40° C for 2 minutes, followed by the addition of 10 ⁇ l of 200 U/ ⁇ l RNase H " reverse transcriptase
  • the uninco ⁇ orated nucleotides and primers in the unlabeled first strand reactions were removed by chromatography on 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA).
  • the length of labeled first strand cDNA was determined by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the second strand reaction contained 102 ⁇ l of the unlabeled first strand cDNA, 30 ⁇ l of 5x polymerase I buffer (125 mM Tris: HC1, pH 7.5, 500 mM KCl, 25 mM MgCl 2 , 50mM (NH 4 ) 2SO4)), 2.0 ⁇ l of 100 mM dithiothreitol, 3.0 ⁇ l of a solution containing 10 mM of each deoxynucleotide triphosphate, 7 ⁇ l of 5 mM ⁇ - NAD, 2.0 ⁇ l of 10 U/ ⁇ l E. coli DNA ligase (New England Biolabs; Beverly, MA), 5 ⁇ l of 10 U/ ⁇ l E.
  • 5x polymerase I buffer 125 mM Tris: HC1, pH 7.5, 500 mM KCl, 25 mM MgCl 2 , 50mM (NH 4 ) 2SO4
  • 32p- ⁇ CTP in the labeled reaction was removed by chromatography through a 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA) before analysis by agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • the reaction was terminated by the addition of 10.0 ⁇ l 0.5 M EDTA and extraction with phenol/chloroform and chloroform followed by ethanol precipitation in the presence of 3.0 M Na acetate and 2 ⁇ l of Pellet Paint carrier (Novagen, Madison, WI).
  • the yield of cDNA was estimated to be approximately 2 ⁇ g from starting mRNA template of 10 ⁇ g.
  • Eco RI adapters were ligated onto the 5' ends of the cDNA described above to enable cloning into an expression vector.
  • a 12.5 ⁇ l aliquot of cDNA (-2.0 ⁇ g) and 3 ⁇ l of 69 pmole/ ⁇ l of Eco RI adapter (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc., Piscataway, NJ) were mixed with 2.5 ⁇ l lOx ligase buffer (660 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 100 mM MgC-2), 2.5 ⁇ l of 10 mM ATP, 3.5 ⁇ l 0.1 M DTT and 1 ⁇ l of 15 U/ ⁇ l T4
  • DNA ligase (Promega Co ⁇ ., Madison, WI). The reaction was incubated 1 hour at 5°C, 2 hours at 7.5°C, 2 hours at 10°C, 2 hours at 12.5°C and 16 hours at 10° C. The reaction was terminated by the addition of 65 ⁇ l H 2 O and 10 ⁇ l 10X H buffer (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN) and incubation at 70°C for 20 minutes. To facilitate the directional cloning of the cDNA into an expression vector, the cDNA was digested with Xho I, resulting in a cDNA having a 5' Eco RI cohesive end and a 3' Xho I cohesive end.
  • the Xho I restriction site at the 3' end of the cDNA had been previously introduced. Restriction enzyme digestion was carried out in a reaction mixture by the addition of 1.0 ⁇ l of 40 U/ ⁇ l Xho I (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN). Digestion was carried out at 37°C for 45 minutes. The reaction was terminated by incubation at 70°C for 20 minutes and chromatography through a 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA).
  • the cDNA was ethanol precipitated, washed with 70% ethanol, air dried and resuspended in 10.0 ⁇ l water, 2 ⁇ l of 10X kinase buffer (660 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 100 mM MgCl 2 ), 0.5 ⁇ l 0.1 M DTT, 2 ⁇ l 10 mM ATP, 2 ⁇ l T4 polynucleotide kinase (10 U/ ⁇ l, Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD). Following incubation at 37° C for 30 minutes, the cDNA was ethanol precipitated in the presence of 2.5 M Ammonium Acetate, and electrophoresed on a 0.8% low melt agarose gel.
  • 10X kinase buffer 660 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 100 mM MgCl 2
  • 0.5 ⁇ l 0.1 M DTT 2 ⁇ l 10 mM ATP
  • the contaminating adapters and cDNA below 0.6 Kb in length were excised from the gel.
  • the electrodes were reversed, and the cDNA was electrophoresed until concentrated near the lane origin.
  • the area of the gel containing the concentrated cDNA was excised and placed in a microfuge tube, and the approximate volume of the gel slice was determined.
  • An aliquot of water approximately three times the volume of the gel slice (300 ⁇ l) and 35 ⁇ l lOx ⁇ -agarose I buffer (New England Biolabs) was added to the tube, and the agarose was melted by heating to 65°C for 15 minutes.
  • cDNA was cloned into the Eco RI and Xho I sites of pBLUESCRIPT SK+ vector (Gibco/BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) and electroporated into DH10B cells. Bacterial colonies containing ESTs of known genes were identified and eliminated from sequence analysis by reiterative cycles of probe hybridization to hi-density colony filter arrays (Genome Systems, St. Louis, MI). cDNAs of known genes were pooled in groups of 50 - 100 inserts and were labeled with 32 P- ⁇ dCTP using a MEGAPRIME labeling kit (Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL).
  • Colonies which did not hybridize to the probe mixture were selected for sequencing. Sequencing was done using an ABI 377 sequencer using either the T3 or the reverse primer. The resulting data were analyzed which resulted in the identification of the novel ESTs of SEQ ID NOs: 1-38. Each polynucleotide corresponds to a clone in the pancreatic islet cell library. Analyzing the ESTs, a bioinformaticist can identify one of interest and the clone or clones identified which contain the EST. If the clone did not contain the full-length cDNA, the EST of the present invention can be radiolabeled by standard techniques to screen cDNA libraries by nucleic hybridization to isolate a full-length clone.
  • the labeled EST may further be used to probe Northern blots or by other hybridization techniques known in the art to determine mRNA localization and transcription levels.
  • EST sequence information may also be used to design primers to enable the isolation of full-length cDNA sequencing using 5' or 3' rapid amplification of DNA (RACE)polymerase chain reaction.
  • RACE rapid amplification of DNA
  • the radiolabeled EST can further be used in the technique of in situ hybridization to locate the specific nucleic acid sequences in cells or chromosomes. Furthermore, the EST can facilitate the diagnosis of genetic abnormalities using standard hybridization techniques.
  • a DNA of the present invention can be synthesized as described in the description of the invention, placed in an expression vector using appropriate digestion enzymes and ligases. The vector can then be transfected into either a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell so as to produce a protein of the present invention. Alternatively, a protein of the present invention can be synthesized by chemical means as described above.
  • probes can be designed to which can be used to pull-out a cDNA clone from a pancreatic cDNA library.
  • the clone can the be placed in an expression vector and transfected into an appropriate prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell so as to produce the Zclspl protein of the present invention.

Abstract

Colipase-like protein - 1 (Zclps1), polynucleotides that encode it and antibodies that bind to it. Also claimed are educational kits containing the same. Zclps1 can be administered to an individual as an aid in digesting lipids.

Description

EDUCATIONAL KIT AND METHOD USING COLIPASE-LIKE PROTEIN- 1
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
To teach basic molecular biology full-length cDNAs are need to be provided to the students in educational kits for use in laboratory practica. Students can then use these full-length cDNAs to learn and practice to make expression vector, learn to transfect the cells and produce full-length protein. The DNA that encodes the protein can also be used to teach Northern blot analysis to learn how to determine in which tissues the mRNA is produced. Having identified where the mRNA is expressed, the mRNA in the tissue can then be isolated and cDNA produced. The student can then learn how to make a cDNA library. The novel polynucleotide can then be used to teach at student how to probe a cDNA library to determine which clone or clones contain the newly discovered polynucleotide. The novel polynucleotide can also be used to teach chromosome localization. To teach protein chemistry, a novel full-length protein can be used so the student can have practical learning experiences in protein purification procedures, protein re-folding when the protein is produced in prokaryotic host cells, and how to make both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies. Antibodies that bind to mature protein can also be used to learn how to make affinity purification columns, to do enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
Especially useful gene and proteins for educational purposes are those that are involved in lipid metabolism. Most of the ingested dietary fats are in the form of long-chain triglycerides. Because lipids are only slightly soluble in water, they pose special problems to the gastrointestinal tract at every stage of processing. In the stomach, lipids tend to separate out into an oily phase. In the duodenum and small intestine, lipids are emulsified with the aid of bile acids. The large surface area of the emulsion droplets allows access of the water-soluble lipolytic enzymes to their substrates. The water- soluble lipolytic enzymes are present secreted in pancreatic juices. A primary enzyme of lipid digestion present in the pancreatic juices is glycerol ester hydrolase, also referred to as pancreatic lipase. Pancreatic lipase hydrolyzes triglycerides to 2-monglyceride. It is active on droplets or emulsions of triglycerides. The enzyme operates at the interface between the aqueous phase and the triglyceride-containing oil phase. However, even though bile acids are necessary for the emulsification of the lipids, pancreatic lipase is completely inactivated by bile salts at physiological conditions. A protein known as colipase, also present in the secreted pancreatic juices, is able to relieve the inactivation of pancreatic lipase by bile salts. Bile salts inhibit the activity of pancreatic lipase by binding to the surface of triglyceride-containing oil droplets. Colipase displaces bile salts from the surface of oil droplets. One pancreatic lipase then binds to each colipase molecule. If the individual cannot produce colipase then it would be necessary to administer a colipase to the individual.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention fills this need by providing for a novel colipase, designated "Zclpsl." The present invention also provides Zclpsl polypeptides and Zclpsl fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins. The Zclpsl polypeptide and the DNA that encodes the Zclpsl polypeptide are shown by SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2. Also claimed are educational kits that contain isolated polynucleotide that encodes Zclpsl, or a Zclpsl polypeptide or an antibody that specifically binds to Zclpsl.
The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise such polypeptides, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also provides isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Zclpsl polypeptide.
The present invention also provides vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules, recombinant host cells comprising such vectors and expression vectors, and recombinant viruses comprising such expression vectors. These expression vectors and recombinant host cells can be used to prepare Zclpsl polypeptides. In addition, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of such an expression vector or recombinant virus. Preferably, such pharmaceutical compositions comprise a human Zclpsl gene, or a variant thereof.
The present invention further contemplates antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with Zclpsl polypeptides. Such antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies. Examples of antibody fragments include F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units.
The present invention also provides methods for detecting the presence of Zclpsl RNA in a biological sample, comprising the steps of :
(a) contacting an Zclpsl nucleic acid probe under hybridizing conditions with either (i) test RNA molecules isolated from the biological sample, or (ii) nucleic acid molecules synthesized from the isolated RNA molecules, wherein the probe has a nucleotide sequence comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 , the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1 „ and
(b) detecting the formation of hybrids of the nucleic acid probe and either the test RNA molecules or the synthesized nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of the hybrids indicates the presence of Zclpsl in the biological sample.
In addition, the presence of Zclpsl polypeptide in a biological sample can be detected by methods that comprise the steps of (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment.
A kit for detection of Zclpsl polypeptide may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of either SEQ ID NOs:2 - 10.
The present invention also contemplates anti-idiotype antibodies, or anti- idiotype antibody fragments, that specifically bind with an anti -Zclpsl antibody or antibody fragment, wherein the anti-idiotype antibody, or anti-idiotype antibody fragment, possesses anti-viral activity or anti-proliferative activity. The present invention further includes methods for detecting an alteration in a chromosome containing Zclpsl. Illustrative chromosomal aberrations at the Zclpsl gene locus include aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. These aberrations can occur within flanking sequences, including upstream promoter and regulatory regions, and can be manifested as physical alterations within a coding sequence or changes in gene expression level. Such methods are effected by examining the Zclpsl gene and its gene products. In general, suitable assay methods include molecular genetic techniques known to those in the art, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing polymerase chain reaction techniques, ligation chain reaction, ribonuclease protection assays, use of single-nucleotide polymorphisms, protein truncation assays, and other genetic linkage techniques known in the art. In particular, the present invention provides methods for diagnosing an alteration in the Zclpsl gene of an individual, comprising: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Zclpsl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the individual, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates an alteration in the Zclpsl gene. Similarly, methods of detecting a chromosome abnormality in a subject comprise: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Zclpsl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the subject, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates a chromosome abnormality. In variations of these methods, the detecting step is performed by comparing the nucleotide sequence of the amplified nucleic acid molecules to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 1.
Alternatively, the detecting step can be performed by fractionating the amplified nucleic acid molecules and control nucleic acid molecules that encode the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs:2, and comparing the lengths of the fractionated amplified and control nucleic acid molecules. Exemplary methods for amplification include polymerase chain reaction or reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction.
The teachings of all the references cited herein are incorporated in their entirety herein by reference.
2. Definitions
In the description that follows, a number of terms are used extensively. The following definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the invention.
As used herein, "nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally- occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally-occurring nucleotides (e.g., α-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters. Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well- known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term
"nucleic acid molecule" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally-occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone. Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
The term "complement of a nucleic acid molecule" refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence. For example, the sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
The term "contig" denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule.
The term "degenerate nucleotide sequence" denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide. Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
The term "structural gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically-synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism. A nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
A "nucleic acid molecule construct" is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature. "Linear DNA" denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends. Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption.
"Complementary DNA (cDNA)" is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription. Those skilled in the art also use the term "cDNA" to refer to a double-stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand. The term "cDNA" also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an RNA template. A "promoter" is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements
[DSEs; McGehee et al, Mol. Endocrinol 7:551 (1993)], cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements [SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol. 1:41 (1990)], glucocorticoid response elements (GREs), and binding sites for other transcription factors, such as CRE/ATF [O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267:19938 (1992)], AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol Chem. 269:25728 (1994)), SPl, cAMP response element binding protein [CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 5:253 (1993)] and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al, eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. [The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. (1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J. 303: 1 (1994)]. If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known. A "core promoter" contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity. A "regulatory element" is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter. For example, a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific," "tissue-specific," or "organelle-specific" manner. For example, the Zclpsl regulatory element preferentially induces gene expression in pituitary, melanocyte, fetal heart or pregnant uterus.
An "enhancer" is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
"Heterologous DNA" refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell. DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA). For example, a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule. Conversely, a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter. As another illustration, a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
A "polypeptide" is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polypeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as "peptides."
A "protein" is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains. A protein may also comprise non-pep tidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless. A peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
An "integrated genetic element" is a segment of DNA that has been incorporated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the cell through human manipulation. Within the present invention, integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny.
A "cloning vector" is a nucleic acid molecule, such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage, that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector. Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
An "expression vector" is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter.
Similarly, a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
A "recombinant host" is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector. In the present context, an example of a recombinant host is a cell that produces Zclpsl from an expression vector. In contrast, Zclpsl can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of Zclpsl, and that lacks an expression vector.
"Integrative transformants" are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
A "fusion protein" is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes. For example, a fusion protein can comprise at least part of an Zclpsl polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix. Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of Zclps 1 using affinity chromatography.
The term "receptor" denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand." This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell. Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, IL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and EL-6 receptor). Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor. In general, the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell. Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
The term "secretory signal sequence" denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized. The larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
An "isolated polypeptide" is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Typically, a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure. One way to show that a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide is by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel. However, the term "isolated" does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms.
The terms "amino-terminal or N-terminal" and "carboxyl-terminal or C- terminal" are used herein to denote positions within polypeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
The term "expression" refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product. For example, in the case of a structural gene, expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
The term "splice variant" is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
As used herein, the term "immunomodulator" includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
The term "complement/anti-complement pair" denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions. For instance, biotin and avidin (or streptavidin) are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair. Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like. Where subsequent dissociation of the complement/anti-complement pair is desirable, the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 109 M"1.
An "anti-idiotype antibody" is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin. In the present context, an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti- Zclpsl -antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of Zclpsl.
An "antibody fragment" is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, a Zclpsl monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of Zclpsl .
The term "antibody fragment" also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv" fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins"), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
A "chimeric antibody" is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
"Humanized antibodies" are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. As used herein, a "therapeutic agent" is a molecule or atom which is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
A "detectable label" is a molecule or atom which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis. Examples of detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
The term "affinity tag" is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate. In principal, any peptide or protein for which an antibody or other specific binding agent is available can be used as an affinity tag. Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A (Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1075 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol 198:3 (1991)), glutathione S transferase (Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)), Glu-Glu affinity tag (Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:1952
(1985)), substance P, FLAG peptide (Hopp et al, Biotechnology 6:1204 (1988)), streptavidin binding peptide, or other antigenic epitope or binding domain. See, in general, Ford et al, Protein Expression and Purification 2:95 (1991). DNAs encoding affinity tags are available from commercial suppliers (e.g., Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, NJ).
A "naked antibody" is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies. As used herein, the term "antibody component" includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment. An "immunoconjugate" is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
As used herein, the term "antibody fusion protein" refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein") and toxins ("antibody-toxin fusion protein").
A "tumor associated antigen" is a protein normally not expressed, or expressed at lower levels, by a normal counterpart cell. Examples of tumor associated antigens include alpha-fetoprotein, carcinoembryonic antigen, and Her-2/neu. Many other illustrations of tumor associated antigens are known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Urban et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 10:611 (1992).
As used herein, an "infectious agent" denotes both microbes and parasites. A "microbe" includes viruses, bacteria, rickettsia, mycoplasma, protozoa, fungi and like microorganisms. A "parasite" denotes infectious, generally microscopic or very small multicellular invertebrates, or ova or juvenile forms thereof, which are susceptible to immune-mediated clearance or lytic or phagocytic destruction, such as malarial parasites, spirochetes, and the like.
An "infectious agent antigen" is an antigen associated with an infectious agent.
A "target polypeptide" or a "target peptide" is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen. T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
An "antigenic peptide" is a peptide which will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell. Thus, antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell which binds or expresses the antigen. The antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class U major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell. In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase U catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
An "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for Zclpsl" or an "Zclpsl anti- sense oligonucleotide" is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the Zclpsl gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the Zclpsl gene.
A "ribozyme" is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center. The term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene."
An "external guide sequence" is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene." The term "variant human Zclpsl gene" refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO:2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of Zclpsl genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. Additional variant forms oi Zclpsl genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant Zclpsl gene can be identified by determining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, or its complement, under stringent conditions.
Alternatively, variant Zclpsl g nes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity" if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity" if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peruski and Peruski, The Internet and the New Biology: Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 [CRC Press, Inc. (1997)], and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition [Academic Press, Inc. (1998)]. Particular methods for determining sequence identity are described below.
Regardless of the particular method used to identify a variant Zclpsl gene or variant Zclpsl polypeptide, a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a variant gene is functionally characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Zclpsl antibody.
The term "allelic variant" is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence.
The term "ortholog" denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation. "Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, α- globin, β-globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about" X or "approximately" X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ±10%.
Production of the Human Zclpsl Gene
Nucleic acid molecules encoding a human Zclpsl gene can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon
SEQ ID NO:l. These techniques are standard and well-established.
As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human Zclpsl gene can be isolated from a human cDNA library. In this case, the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from pancreas islets using methods well- known to those of skill in the art. In general, RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants. For example, total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride (see, for example, Ausubel et al. (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)"]; Wu etal, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)")].
Alternatively, total RNA can be isolated from pancreatic islet tissue by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation (see, for example, Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:52 (1979); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41).
In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A)+ RNA must be isolated from , a total RNA preparation. Poly(A)+ RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard^ technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69: 1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4-12).
Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A)+ RNA using techniques well-known to those in the art. [see, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46]. Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double- stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
Various cloning vectors are appropriate for the construction of a cDNA library. For example, a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a λgtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in λgtlO and λgtl 1," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol. I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52. Alternatively, double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a pBLUESCRJPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a
LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors. Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
To amplify the cloned cDNA molecules, the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques. For example, a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD). A human genomic library can be prepared by means well-known in the art [see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327]. Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases. Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well-known in the art (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307- 327).
Nucleic acid molecules that enςpde a human Zclpsl gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucteotide sequences of the human Zclpsl gene, as described herein. General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Moreover, techniques for using PCR to isolate related genes are described by, for example, Preston, "Use of Degenerate Oligonucleotide Primers and the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Clone Gene Family Members," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol.
15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 317-337 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
Alternatively, human genomic libraries can be obtained from commercial sources such as Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL) and the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
A library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO: 1, using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
Anti-Zclpsl antibodies, produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human Zclpsl genes from cDNA libraries. For example, the antibodies can be used to screen λgtl 1 expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening λ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in NA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)). As an alternative, a Zclpsl gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9). Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DΝA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 21 :1131 (1993), Bambot et al, PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, [Humana Press, Inc., 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl. 4:299 (1995)].
The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "DΝA synthesizers" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically-synthesized double stranded DΝA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately. The production of short genes (60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DΝA synthesis is seldom 100%. To overcome this problem, synthetic genes (double-stranded) are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length.
One method for building a synthetic gene requires the initial production of a set of overlapping, complementary oligonucleotides, each of which is between 20 to 60 nucleotides long. The sequences of the strands are planned so that, after annealing, the two end segments of the gene are aligned to give blunt ends. Each internal section of the gene has complementary 3' and 5' terminal extensions that are designed to base pair precisely with an adjacent section. Thus, after the gene is assembled, the only remaining requirement to complete the process is to seal the nicks along the backbones of the two strands with T4 DΝA ligase. In addition to the protein coding sequence, synthetic genes can be designed with terminal sequences that facilitate insertion into a restriction endonuclease sites of a cloning vector and other sequences should also be added that contain signals for the proper initiation and termination of transcription and translation. An alternative way to prepare a full-size gene is to synthesize a specified set of overlapping oligonucleotides (40 to 100 nucleotides). After the 3' and 5' extensions (6 to 10 nucleotides) are annealed, large gaps still remain, but the base-paired regions are both long enough and stable enough to hold the structure together. The duplex is completed and the gaps filled by enzymatic DNA synthesis with E. coli DNA polymerase I. This enzyme uses the 3'-hydroxyl groups as replication initiation points and the single-stranded regions as templates. After the enzymatic synthesis is completed, the nicks are sealed with T4 DNA ligase. For larger genes, the complete gene sequence is usually assembled from double-stranded fragments that are each put together by joining four to six overlapping oligonucleotides (20 to 60 base pairs each). If there is a sufficient amount of the double-stranded fragments after each synthesis and annealing step, they are simply joined to one another. Otherwise, each fragment is cloned into a vector to amplify the amount of DNA available. In both cases, the double-stranded constructs are sequentially linked to one another to form the entire gene sequence. Each double-stranded fragment and the complete sequence should be characterized by DNA sequence analysis to verify that the chemically synthesized gene has the correct nucleotide sequence. For reviews on polynucleotide synthesis, see, for example, Glick and Pasternak, Molecular Biotechnology, Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA (ASM Press 1994), Itakura et al, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 53:323 (1984), and Climie et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 87:633 (1990).
The sequence of a Zclpsl cDNA or Zclpsl genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Moreover, the identification of genomic fragments containing a Zclpsl promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well- established techniques, such as deletion analysis (see, generally, Ausubel (1995)).
Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of Zclpsl proteins by "gene activation," following the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous Zclpsl gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the Zclpsl locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site. The targeting sequence is a Zclpsl 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous Zclpsl locus, wherein the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous Zclpsl coding sequence. In this way, an endogenous Zclpsl promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression. Production of Zclpsl Gene Variants
The present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules, including DNA and RNA molecules, that encode the Zclpsl polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules.
Different species can exhibit "preferential codon usage." In general, see, Grantham et al, Nuc. Acids Res. 8:1893 (1980), Haas et al. Curr. Biol. 6:315 (1996), Wain-Hobson et al, Gene 13:355 (1981), Grosjean and Fiers, Gene 18:199 (1982), Holm, Nuc. Acids Res. 14:3015 (1986), Ikemura, J. Mol. Biol. 158:513 (1982), Sharp and Matassi, Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 4:851 (1994), Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 6:494 (1995), and Makrides, Microbiol. Rev. 60:512 (1996). As used herein, the term "preferential codon usage" or "preferential codons" is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid. For example, the amino acid Threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential. Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art.
Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species.
The present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are Zclpsl polypeptides from other mammalian species, including murine, porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. Orthologs of human Zclpsl can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques. For example, a cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses Zclpsl as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein. A library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line. A Zclpsl -encoding cDNA can be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial human cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences. A cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative human Zclpsl sequences disclosed herein. Within an additional method, the cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to Zclpsl polypeptide. Similar techniques can also be applied to the isolation of genomic clones, and to the isolation of nucleic molecules that encode murine Zclpsl. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the sequence disclosed in SEQ
ID NO:l represents a single allele of human Zclpsl, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 , including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NOs:2, 3 and 4. cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the Zclpsl polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
Within preferred embodiments of the invention, isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode human Zclpsl can hybridize to nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or a sequence complementary thereto, under
"stringent conditions." In general, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant Zclpsl polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin), 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA. One of skill in the art can devise variations of these hybridization conditions. For example, the hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65 °C, in a solution that does not contain formamide. Moreover, premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Following hybridization, the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions. Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. That is, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zclpsl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C. One of skill in the art can readily devise equivalent conditions, for example, by substituting SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C. In other words, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Zclpsl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
The present invention also provides isolated Zclpsl polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2, or its orthologs. The term "substantially similar sequence identity" is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2 or its orthologs.
The present invention also contemplates Zclpsl variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above. Such Zclpsl variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1 % SDS at 55 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs:2. Alternatively, Zclpsl variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also contemplates human Zclpsl variant nucleic acid molecules identified by at least one of hybridization analysis and sequence identity determination, with reference to SEQ ID NO:2. Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 59:10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1 , and the "BLOSUM 62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 1 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one-letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences] )( 100).
<
Figure imgf000024_0001
-ft
LD O LD O rH H CM Those skilled in the art appreciate that there are many established algorithms available to align two amino acid sequences. The "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative Zclpsl variant. The FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat' I Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990). Briefly, FASTA first characterizes sequence similarity by identifying regions shared by the query sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2) and a test sequence that have either the highest density of identities (if the ktup variable is 1) or pairs of identities (if ktup=2), without considering conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. The ten regions with the highest density of identities are then re-scored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score. If there are several regions with scores greater than the "cutoff value (calculated by a predetermined formula based upon the length of the sequence and the ktup value), then the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps. Finally, the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch- Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol. Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SIAM J. Appl. Math. 26:1B1 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions. Dlustrative parameters for FASTA analysis are: ktup=l, gap opening penalty=10, gap extension penalty=l, and substitution matrix=BLOSUM62. These parameters can be introduced into a FASTA program by modifying the scoring matrix file ("SMATRrX"), as explained in Appendix 2 of Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63
(1990).
FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above. For nucleotide sequence comparisons, the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above.
The present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. That is, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO:2, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, a sulfur- containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy- containing amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a Zclpsl amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a Zclpsl amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in an Zclpsl amino acid sequence.
Among the common amino acids, for example, a "conservative amino acid substitution" is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
The BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins
(Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)). Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution" preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3. According to this system, preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 2 or 3).
Particular variants of human Zclpsl are characterized by having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the corresponding human (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 2) amino acid sequences, wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
Conservative amino acid changes in an Zclpsl gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO:l. Such "conservative amino acid" variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like (see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (TRL Press 1991)). The ability of such variants to promote anti-viral or anti-proliferative activity can be determined using a standard method, such as the assay described herein. Alternatively, a variant Zclpsl polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti- Zclpsl antibodies.
The proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, trans-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, c/.s-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, α//ø-threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-mefhylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine. Several methods are known in the art for incorporating non-naturally occurring amino acid residues into proteins. For example, an in vitro system can be employed wherein nonsense mutations are suppressed using chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs. Methods for synthesizing amino acids and aminoacylating tRΝA are known in the art. Transcription and translation of plasmids containing nonsense mutations is typically carried out in a cell-free system comprising an E. coli S30 extract and commercially available enzymes and other reagents. Proteins are purified by chromatography. See, for example, Robertson et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:2122 (1991), Ellman et al, Methods Enzymol. 202:301 (1991), Chung et al, Science 259:806 (1993), and Chung et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 90:10145 (1993). In a second method, translation is carried out in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mRΝA and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs [Turcatti et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:19991 (1996)]. Within a third method, E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine). The non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions [Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)]. A limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for Zclpsl amino acid residues. Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 88:449% (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site-Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)). In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for biological activity as disclosed below to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:4699 (1996). Sequence analysis can also identify motifs that reside within human Zclpsl polypeptides.
Although sequence analysis can be used to identify Zclpsl ligand binding sites, the location of Zclpsl ligand binding domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992). Moreover, Zclpsl labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of Zclpsl ligand.
Multiple amino acid substitutions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and
Sauer [Science 241:53 (1988)] or Bowie and Sauer (Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:2152 (1989)). Briefly, these authors disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting for functional polypeptide, and then sequencing the mutagenized polypeptides to determine the spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position. Other methods that can be used include phage display (e.g., Lowman et al, Biochem. 30:10832 (1991), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Huse, international publication No. WO 92/06204, and region-directed mutagenesis (Derbyshire et al, Gene 46: 145 (1986), and Ner et al, DNA 7:121, (1988)). Variants of the disclosed Zclpsl nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 370:389 (1994), Stemmer, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 91:10141 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNAs are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNAs, such as allelic variants or DNAs from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes.
Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells. Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-Zclpsl antibodies, can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
The present invention also includes "functional fragments" of Zclpsl polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments. Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Zclpsl polypeptide. As an illustration, DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 can be digested with Bal3l nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. One alternative to exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment. Alternatively, particular fragments of a Zclpsl gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
The present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a Zclpsl gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant Zclpsl gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, as discussed above. The present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an [-bearing portion of a Zclpsl polypeptide described herein. Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen. Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods (see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 87:3998 (1983)] Examples of such epitopes are a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residues 3, an to and including amino acid residue 39, an asparagine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:3; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 14, an aspartic acid, to and including amino acid residue 55, a glutamic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2, also defined by SEQ ID NO:4; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 27, a glutamine, to and including amino acid residue 64, a glutamic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:5; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 38, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 85, an asparagine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:6; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 49, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 95, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:7; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 64, a glutamic acid, to and including amino acid residue 111, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:8; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 43, a glutamic acid, to and including amino acid residue 106, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:9; and a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 13, a threonine, to and including amino acid residue 109, an arginine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO: 10. In contrast, polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an
"antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind. Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein (see, for example, Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983)). Accordingly, antigenic epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides preferably contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2. Such epitope-bearing peptides can be used to generate antibodies which bind to the native Zclpsl polypeptide The antibodies can then be used to purify the Zclpsl using affinity chromatography. Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a Zclpsl polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein. Moreover, epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen,
Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 7:616 (1996)). Standard methods for identifying epitopes and producing antibodies from small peptides that comprise an epitope are described, for example, by Mole, "Epitope Mapping," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 105-116 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992), Price, "Production and Characterization of Synthetic Peptide-Derived Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 60-84 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, pages 9.3.1 - 9.3.5 and pages 9.4.1 - 9.4.11 (John Wiley & Sons 1997). Regardless of the particular nucleotide sequence of a variant Zclpsl gene, the gene encodes a polypeptide that is characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Zclpsl antibody.
For any Zclpsl polypeptide, including variants and fusion proteins, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily generate a fully degenerate polynucleotide sequence encoding that variant using the information set forth in Tables 1 and 2 above. Moreover, those of skill in the art can use standard software to devise Zclpsl variants based upon the nucleotide and amino acid sequences described herein. Accordingly, the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ED NOs: 1-10. For example, a computer-readable medium can be encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2. Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically- readable media. Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk. Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-rewritable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW). Production of Zclpsl Fusion Proteins and Conjugates
Fusion proteins of Zclpsl can be used to express Zclpsl in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed Zclpsl. As described below, particular Zclpsl fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a Zclpsl polypeptide from a recombinant host cell. To direct a Zclpsl into the secretory pathway of a eukaryotic host cell, a secretory signal sequence (also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence) is provided in the Zclpsl expression vector. While the secretory signal sequence may be derived from Zclpsl, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo. The secretory signal sequence is operably linked to an Zclpsl - encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell. Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830). Although the secretory signal sequence of Zclpsl or another protein produced by mammalian cells (e.g., tissue-type plasminogen activator signal sequence, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,655) is useful for expression of Zclpsl in recombinant mammalian hosts, a yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells. Examples of suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating phermone α- factor (encoded by the MFal gene), invertase
(encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene). See, for example, Romanos et al, "Expression of Cloned Genes in Yeast," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (eds.), pages 123-167 (Oxford University Press 1995). In bacterial cells, it is often desirable to express a heterologous protein as a fusion protein to decrease toxicity, increase stability, and to enhance recovery of the expressed protein. For example, Zclpsl can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide. Glutathione S-transferease fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns. In similar approaches, a Zclpsl fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose. Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by Williams et al, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995). In addition, commercially available expression systems are available. For example, the PINPOINT Xa protein purification system (Promega Corporation; Madison, WI) provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin.
Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein (isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag
(which binds with anti-RYTRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et al, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 329:2 5 (1996), Morganti et al, Biotechnol Appl Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et al, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma- Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO).
The present invention also contemplates that the use of the secretory signal sequence contained in the Zclpsl polypeptides of the present invention to direct other polypeptides into the secretory pathway. The secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino- terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Such constructs have numerous applications known in the art. For example, these novel secretory signal sequence fusion constructs can direct the secretion of an active component of a normally non-secreted protein, such as a receptor. Such fusions may be used in a transgenic animal or in a cultured recombinant host to direct peptides through the secretory pathway. With regard to the latter, exemplary polypeptides include pharmaceutically active molecules such as Factor Vila, proinsulin, insulin, follicle stimulating hormone, tissue type plasminogen activator, tumor necrosis factor, interleukins (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-1), IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL- 10, EL-l l, IL-12, BL-13, IL-14, and JJL-15), colony stimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF) and granulocyte macrophage-colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF)), interferons (e.g., interferons-α, -β, -γ, -ω, -δ, and -τ), the stem cell growth factor designated "SI factor," erythropoietin, and thrombopoietin. The Zclpsl secretory signal sequence contained in the fusion polypeptides of the present invention is preferably fused amino-terminally to an additional peptide to direct the additional peptide into the secretory pathway. Fusion proteins comprising a Zclpsl secretory signal sequence can be constructed using standard techniques.
Another form of fusion protein comprises an Zclpsl polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an Fc fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region. As an illustration, Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125, describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment. The C-terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety. An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert. An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ED NO: ). In this fusion protein, a preferred Fc moiety is a human γ4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity. Accordingly, the present invention contemplates a Zclpsl fusion protein that comprises a Zclpsl moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the Zclpsl moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker. The Zclpsl moiety can be a Zclpsl molecule or a fragment thereof.
In another variation, a Zclpsl fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a Zclpsl moiety covalently joined to the aminoterminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the aminoterminal of the Zclpsl moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH2 domain, and a CH3 domain. Accordingly, the
IgG sequence lacks a CHi domain. This general approach to producing fusion proteins that comprise both antibody and nonantibody portions has been described by LaRochelle et al, EP 742830 (WO 95/21258).
Fusion proteins comprising a Zclpsl moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool. For example, the presence of a Zclpsl ligand in a biological sample can be detected using a Zclpsl -immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the Zclpsl moiety is used to target the cognate ligand, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex. Moreover, such fusion proteins can be used to identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of Zclpsl to its ligand. In addition, antibody-Zclpsl fusion proteins, comprising antibody variable domains, are useful as therapeutic proteins, in which the antibody moiety binds with a target antigen, such as a tumor associated antigen. Methods of making antibody- cytokine fusion proteins are known to those of skill in the art. For example, antibody fusion proteins comprising an interleukin-2 moiety are described by Boleti et al, Ann. Oncol. 6:945 (1995), Nicolet et al, Cancer Gene Ther. 2:161 (1995), Becker et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 93:7826 (1996), Hank et al, Clin. Cancer Res. 2:1951 (1996), and Hu et al, Cancer Res. 56:4998 (1996). Moreover, Yang et al, Hum. Antibodies Hybridomas 6:129 (1995), and Xiang et al, J. Biotechnol. 53:3 (1997), describe fusion proteins that include an F(ab')2 fragment and a tumor necrosis factor alpha moiety. Additional cytokine-antibody fusion proteins include IL-8, IL-12, or interferon-τ as the cytokine moiety (Holzer et al, Cytokine 8:2 4 (1996); Gillies et al, J. Immunol 160:6195 (1998); Xiang et al, Hum. Antibodies Hybridomas 7:2 (1996)). Also see, Gillies, U.S. Patent No. 5,650,150. Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16- 19 to 16-25.
The present invention also contemplates chemically modified Zclpsl compositions, in which an Zclpsl polypeptide is linked with a polymer. Typically, the polymer is water soluble so that the Zclpsl conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment. An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation, In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled. An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714). The polymer may be branched or unbranched. Moreover, a mixture of polymers can be used to produce Zclpsl conjugates.
Zclpsl conjugates used for therapy should preferably comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties. Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl-
C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, bw-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate- based polymers. Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000. A Zclpsl conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
PEGylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with a Zclpsl polypeptide. An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to N-hydroxysuccinimide. As used herein, the term "acylation" includes the following types of linkages between Zclpsl and a water soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like. Methods for preparing PEGylated Zclpsl by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting a Zclpsl polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to Zclpsl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). Generally, the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG:Zclpsl, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated Zclpsl product.
The product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated Zclpsl product, wherein the lysine ε-amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl linking group. An example of a connecting linkage is an amide. Typically, the resulting
Zclpsl will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions. PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated Zclpsl polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with Zclpsl in the presence of a reducing agent. PEG groups are preferably attached to the polypeptide via a -CH2-ΝH group.
Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization. Typically, the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ε-amino groups of the lysine residues and the α-amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein. By such selective derivatization, attachment of a water-soluble polymer that contains a reactive group such as an aldehyde, to a protein is controlled. The conjugation with the polymer occurs predominantly at the N-terminus of the protein without significant modification of other reactive groups such as the lysine side chain amino groups. The present invention provides a substantially homogenous preparation of Zclpsl monopolymer conjugates.
Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Zclpsl conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting a Zclpsl polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the α-amino group at the amino terminus of the Zclpsl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). The reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and preferably be able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation.
Preferred reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
For a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Zclpsl conjugates, the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those which permit the selective attachment of the water soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of Zclpsl . Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the α-amino group at the N-terminus. The pH also affects the ratio of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal α-group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymer: Zclpsl need not be as large because more reactive groups are available. Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 - 9, or 3 - 6.
Another factor to consider is the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer. Generally, the higher the molecular weight of the polymer, the fewer number of polymer molecules which may be attached to the protein. For PEGylation reactions, the typical molecular weight is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about 25 kDa. The molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Zclpsl will generally be in the range of 1:1 to 100:1. Typically, the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Zclpsl will be 1:1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1.1 to 5 : 1 for monoPEGylation.
General methods for producing conjugates comprising Zclpsl and water-soluble polymer moieties are known in the art. See, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657, Greenwald et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,738, 846, Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 59:636 (1996), Monkarsh et al, Anal. Biochem. 247:434 (1997)). Production of Zclpsl Polypeptides in Cultured Cells
The polypeptides of the present invention, including full-length polypeptides, functional fragments, and fusion proteins, can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques. To express a Zclpsl gene, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell. In addition to transcriptional regulatory sequences, such as promoters and enhancers, expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector. Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination polyadenylation sequence. As discussed above, expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell. For example, a Zclpsl expression vector may comprise a Zclpsl gene and a secretory sequence derived from a Zclpsl gene or another secreted gene.
Zclpsl proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells. Examples of suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 1587), human embryonic kidney cells (293- HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL 8544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 [Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet. 12:555 (1986)]), rat pituitary cells (GH1; ATCC CCL82), HeLa S3 cells (ATCC CCL2.2), rat hepatoma cells (H-4-fl-E; ATCC CRL 1548) SV40- transformed monkey kidney cells (COS-1; ATCC CRL 1650) and murine embryonic cells (NIH-3T3; ATCC CRL 1658).
For a mammalian host, the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression. Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes. Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene (Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:213 (1982)), the TK promoter of Herpes virus (McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982)), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981)), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter (Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 79:6111 (1982)), the cytomegalovirus promoter (Foecking et al, Gene 45:101 (1980)), and the mouse mammary tumor virus promoter (see, generally, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163-181 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
Alternatively, a prokaryotic promoter, such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter, can be used to control Zclpsl gene expression in mammalian cells if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter (Zhou et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4529 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl Acids Res. 79:4485 (1991)).
An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like. Preferably, the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome. Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
For example, one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin. In this case, selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like. Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification." Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes. A preferred amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate. Other drug resistance genes (e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase) can also be used. Alternatively, markers that introduce an altered phenotype, such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
Zclpsl polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system. Exemplary viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV). Adenovirus, a double- stranded DNA virus, is currently the best studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid (for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)). Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
By deleting portions of the adenovirus genome, larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co- transfected plasmid. An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells (ATCC Nos. CRL- 1573, 45504, 45505), for example, can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein (see Garnier et al, Cytotechnol 15:145 (1994)).
Zclpsl genes may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells. The baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Zclpsl genes into insect cells. Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa califomica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa califomica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter. A second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow (Luckow, et al, J. Virol 67:4566 (1993)). This system, which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to-BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD). This system utilizes a transfer vector, PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the Zclpsl polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid." See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:91 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk, and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In addition, transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed Zclpsl polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag [Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 82:1952 (1985)]. Using a technique known in the art, a transfer vector containing a Zclpsl gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids which contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus. The bacmid DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques. The illustrative PFASTB AC vector can be modified to a considerable degree. For example, the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculovirus basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter) which is expressed earlier in the baculovirus infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins (see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In such transfer vector constructs, a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used. Moreover, transfer vectors can be constructed which replace the native Zclpsl secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins. For example, a secretory signal sequence from Εcdysteroid
Glucosyltransferase (ΕGT), honey bee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculovirus gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native Zclpsl secretory signal sequence.
The recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells. Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from ΣPLB-5/-21 , a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 5/9 (ATCC CRL 1711), 5 21AΕ, and 5/21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH F1NΕO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435). Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells. Suitable media are Sf900 IT™ (Life Technologies) or ΕSF 921™
(Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405™ (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveO™ (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells. When recombinant virus is used, the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 105 cells to a density of 1-2 x 106 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3. Established techniques for producing recombinant proteins in baculovirus systems are provided by Bailey et al, "Manipulation of Baculovirus Vectors," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray (ed.), pages 147-168 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1991), by Patel et al, "The baculovirus expression system," in NA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 205-244 (Oxford University Press 1995), by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-37 to 16-57, by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995), and by Lucknow, "Insect Cell Expression Technology," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 183-218 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996).
Fungal cells, including yeast cells, can also be used to express the genes described herein. Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica. Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GAL1 (galactose), PGK (phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like. Many yeast cloning vectors have been designed and are readily available. These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCpl9. Methods for transforming 5. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DΝA and producing recombinant polypeptides therefrom are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373, Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,845,075. Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine). A preferred vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent
No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No. 4,977,092) and alcohol dehydrogenase genes. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 4,990,446, 5,063,154, 5,139,936, and 4,661,454.
Transformation systems for other yeasts, including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol. 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349. Methods for transforming Acremonium chrysogenum are disclosed by Sumino et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,228. Methods for transforming Neurospora are disclosed by Lambowitz, U.S. Patent No. 4,486,533.
For example, the use of Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 14:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 98/02536, and WO 98/02565. DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation. For polypeptide production in P. methanolica, it is preferred that the promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P. methanolica gene, such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUG1 or A UG2). Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes. To facilitate integration of the DNA into the host chromosome, it is preferred to have the entire expression segment of the plasmid flanked at both ends by host DNA sequences. A preferred selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5- aminoimidazole carboxylase (AIRC; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine. For large-scale, industrial processes where it is desirable to minimize the use of methanol, it is preferred to use host cells in which both methanol utilization genes (AUG1 and AUG2) are deleted. For production of secreted proteins, host cells deficient in vacuolar protease genes (PEP4 and PRB1) are preferred. Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells. P. methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells. Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1229 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 70:268 (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-88 (CRC Press, 1993).
Alternatively, Zclpsl genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells. Suitable promoters that can be used to express Zclpsl polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the PR and PL promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B. subtilis, the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl trans- ferase gene. Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol. 7:277 (1987), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995). Preferred prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus.
Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(DΕ3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5IMCR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH11S, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RRl, Y1088, Y1089, CSH18, ER1451, and ER1647 (see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)). Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB886, Mil 19,
Ml 120, and B 170 (see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)).
When expressing a Zclpsl polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution. In the latter case, the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding. Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995), Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Georgiou, "Expression of Proteins in Bacteria," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), page 101 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)).
Standard methods for introducing expression vectors into bacterial, yeast, insect, and plant cells are provided, for example, by Ausubel (1995).
General methods for expressing and recovering foreign protein produced by a mammalian cell system are provided by, for example, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland etal. (eds.), pages 163 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1996). Standard techniques for recovering protein produced by a bacterial system is provided by, for example, Grisshammer et al, "Purification of over-produced proteins from E. coli cells," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 59-92 (Oxford University Press 1995). Established methods for isolating recombinant proteins from a baculovirus system are described by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995).
Isolation of Zclpsl Polypeptides
It is preferred to purify the polypeptides of the present invention to at least about 80% purity, more preferably to at least about 90% purity, even more preferably to at least about 95% purity, or even greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents. The polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. Preferably, a purified polypeptide is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of Zclpsl purified from natural sources ie.g., pituitary gland), and recombinant Zclpsl polypeptides and Zclpsl polypeptides purified from recombinant host cells. In general, ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples. Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred. Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl- Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like. Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross-linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries. These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity
Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996).
Additional variations in Zclpsl isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art. For example, anti-Zclpsl antibodies, obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification. The use of monoclonal antibody columns to purify interferons from recombinant cells and from natural sources has been described, for example, by Staehelin et al, J. Biol. Chem. 256:9150 (1981), and by Adolf et al, J. Biol. Chem. 265:9290 (1990). Moreover, methods for binding receptors, such as Zclpsl, to ligand polypeptides bound to support media are well known in the art.
The polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties. For example, immobilized metal ion adsorption (EvIAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3: 1 (1985)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents. Other methods of purification include purification of glycosylated proteins by lectin affinity chromatography and ion exchange chromatography (M. Deutscher, (ed.), Meth. Enzymol 182:529 (1990)). For example, the interferon-γ isolation method of Rinderknecht et al, J. Biol. Chem. 259:6190 (1984), requires the binding of the interferon with concanavalin A-sepharose in one step. Within additional embodiments of the invention, a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag (e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain) may be constructed to facilitate purification. Zclpsl polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described below. Zclpsl polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, preferably at least nine, and more preferably at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NOs:2, 3 or 4. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes.
Chemical Synthesis of Zclpsl Polypeptides
Zclpsl polypeptides of the present invention can also be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. The polypeptides are preferably prepared by solid phase peptide synthesis, for example as described by Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963).
Solid phase synthesis is usually carried out from the carboxyl-terminus by coupling the alpha-amino protected (side-chain protected) amino acid to a suitable solid support. An ester linkage is formed when the attachment is made to a chloromethyl, chlortrityl or hydroxymethyl resin, and the resulting polypeptide will have a free carboxyl group at the C-terminus. Alternatively, when an amide resin such as benzhydrylamine orp-methylbenzhydrylamine resin (for tBoc chemistry) and Rink amide or PAL resin (for Fmoc chemistry) are used, an amide bond is formed and the resulting polypeptide will have a carboxamide group at the C-terminus. These resins, whether polystyrene- or polyamide-based or polyethyleneglycol-grafted, with or without a handle or linker, with or without the first amino acid attached, are commercially available, and their preparations have been described by Stewart et al, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis" (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 1984), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot. 3:3 (1986), Atherton et al, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1989), and by Lloyd-Williams et al, Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins (CRC Press, Inc. 1997).
The "native chemical ligation" approach to producing polypeptides is one variation of total chemical synthesis strategy (see, for example, Dawson et al, Science 266:116 (1994), Hackeng et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 94:7845 (1997), and Dawson, Methods Enzymol. 287: 34 (1997)). According to this method, an N- terminal cysteine-containing peptide is chemically ligated to a peptide having a C- terminal thioester group to form a normal peptide bond at the ligation site.
The "expressed protein ligation" method is a semi-synthesis variation of the ligation approach (see, for example, Muir et al, Proc. Nat 'I Acad. Sci. USA 95:6105 (1998); Severinov and Muir, J. Biol. Chem. 273:16205 (1998)). Here, synthetic peptides and protein cleavage fragments are linked to form the desired protein product. This method is particularly useful for the site-specific incoφoration of unnatural amino acids (e.g., amino acids comprising biophysical or biochemical probes) into proteins.
In an approach illustrated by Muir et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 95:6705 (1998), a gene or gene fragment is cloned into the PCYB2-IMPACT vector
(New England Biolabs, Inc.; Beverly, MA) using the Ndel and Smal restriction sites. As a result, the gene or gene fragment is expressed in frame fused with a chitin binding domain sequence, and a Pro-Gly is appended to the native C terminus of the protein of interest. The presence of a C-terminal glycine reduces the chance of side reactions, because the glycine residue accelerates native chemical ligation. Affinity chromatography with a chitin resin is used to purify the expressed fusion protein, and the chemical ligation step is initiated by incubating the resin-bound protein with thiophenol and synthetic peptide in buffer. This mixture produces the in situ generation of a highly reactive phenyl "thioester derivative of the protein that rapidly ligates with the synthetic peptide to produce the desired semi-synthetic protein.
A general class of Zclpsl analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs (see, for example, Monfardini et al, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 708:420 (1996)). Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype Zclpsl antibodies mimic Zclpsl, these domains can provide either Zclpsl agonist or antagonist activity. A third approach to identifying Zclpsl analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et al. , Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), Verdine, U.S. Patent No. 5,783,384, Kay, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,747,334, and Kauffman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,323.
As a receptor, the activity of Zclpsl can be measured by a silicon-based biosensor microphysiometer which measures the extracellular acidification rate or proton excretion associated with receptor binding and subsequent cellular responses. An exemplary device is the CYTOSENSOR Microphysiometer manufactured by Molecular Devices Corp. (Sunnyvale, CA). A variety of cellular responses, such as cell proliferation, ion transport, energy production, inflammatory response, regulatory and receptor activation, and the like, can be measured by this method (see, for example, McConnell et al, Science 257:1906 (1992), Pitchford et al, Meth. Enzymol. 228:84 (1997), Arimilli et al, J. Immunol. Meth. 212:49 (1998), and Van Liefde et al, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 346:S1 (1998)). Moreover, the microphysiometer can be used for assaying adherent or non-adherent eukaryotic or prokaryotic cells.
Zclpsl, its analogs, and anti-iodiotype Zclpsl antibodies can be used to identify and to isolate Zclpsl ligands. For example, proteins and peptides of the present invention can be immobilized on a column and used to bind ligand proteins from tissue and serum preparations that are run over the column (Hermanson et al (eds.), Immobilized Affinity Ligand Techniques, pages 195-202 (Academic Press 1992)). Radiolabeled or affinity labeled Zclpsl polypeptides can also be used to identify or to localize Zclpsl ligands in a biological sample (see, for example,
Deutscher (ed.), Methods in Enzymol, vol. 182, pages 721-37 (Academic Press 1990); Brunner et al, Ann. Rev. Biochem. 62:483 (1993); Fedan et al, Biochem. Pharmacol. 33:1167 (1984)). Also see, Varthakavi and Minocha, J. Gen. Virol. 77:1875 (1996), who describe the use of anti-idiotype antibodies for receptor identification. In addition, a solid phase system can be used to identify a Zclpsl ligand, or an agonist or antagonist of a Zclpsl ligand. For example, a Zclpsl polypeptide or Zclpsl fusion protein can be immobilized onto the surface of a receptor chip of a commercially available biosensor instrument (BIACORE, Biacore AB; Uppsala, Sweden). The use of this instrument is disclosed, for example, by Karlsson, Immunol. Methods 745:229 (1991), and Cunningham and Wells, J. Mol. Biol. 234:554 (1993). As an illustration, a Zclpsl polypeptide or fusion protein is covalently attached, using amine or sulfhydryl chemistry, to dextran fibers that are attached to gold film within a flow cell. A test sample is then passed through the cell. If a receptor is present in the sample, it will bind to the immobilized polypeptide or fusion protein, causing a change in the refractive index of the medium, which is detected as a change in surface plasmon resonance of the gold film. This system allows the determination of on- and off-rates, from which binding affinity can be calculated, and assessment of stoichiometry of binding. This system can also be used to examine antibody-antigen interactions, and the interactions of other complement/anti- complement pairs.
Production of Antibodies to Zclpsl Proteins
Antibodies to Zclpsl can be obtained, for example, using the product of a Zclpsl expression vector or Zclpsl isolated from a natural source as an antigen.
Particularly useful anti- Zclpsl antibodies "bind specifically" to Zclpsl. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to Zclpsl with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to Zclps 1.
With regard to the first characteristic, antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a Zclpsl polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (Ka) of 106M_1 or greater, preferably 107 M"1 or greater, more preferably 108M"' or greater, and most preferably 109 M"1 or greater. The binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis (Scatchard, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 51:660 (1949)). With regard to the second characteristic, antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect Zclpsl, but not known related polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Anti-Zclpsl antibodies can be produced using antigenic Zclpsl epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides. Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, preferably between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO:2. However, peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with Zclpsl. It is desirable that the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
As an illustration, potential antigenic sites in human Zclpsl were identified using the Jameson-Wolf method, Jameson and Wolf, CABIOS 4:181, (1988), as implemented by the PROTEAN program (version 3.14) of LASERGENE (DNASTAR; Madison, WI). Default parameters were used in this analysis.
The Jameson-Wolf method predicts potential antigenic determinants by combining six major subroutines for protein structural prediction. Briefly, the Hopp- Woods method, Hopp et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 78:3824 (1981), was first used to identify amino acid sequences representing areas of greatest local hydrophilicity (parameter: seven residues averaged). In the second step, Emini's method, Emini et al, J. Virology 55:836 (1985), was used to calculate surface probabilities (parameter: surface decision threshold (0.6) = 1). Third, the Karplus- Schultz method, Karplus and Schultz, Naturwissenschaften 72:212 (1985), was used to predict backbone chain flexibility (parameter: flexibility threshold (0.2) = 1). In the fourth and fifth steps of the analysis, secondary structure predictions were applied to the data using the methods of Chou-Fasman, Chou, "Prediction of Protein Structural Classes from Amino Acid Composition," in Prediction of Protein Structure and the Principles of Protein Conformation, Fasman (ed.), pages 549-586 (Plenum Press 1990), and Garnier-Robson, Gamier et al, J. Mol. Biol. 120:91 (1978) (Chou-Fasman parameters: conformation table = 64 proteins; α region threshold = 103; β region threshold = 105; Garnier-Robson parameters: α and β decision constants = 0). In the sixth subroutine, flexibility parameters and hydropathy/solvent accessibility factors were combined to determine a surface contour value, designated as the "antigenic index." Finally, a peak broadening function was applied to the antigenic index, which broadens major surface peaks by adding 20, 40, 60, or 80% of the respective peak value to account for additional free energy derived from the mobility of surface regions relative to interior regions. This calculation was not applied, however, to any major peak that resides in a helical region, since helical regions tend to be less flexible. The results of this analysis indicated that the following amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2 would provide suitable antigenic peptides: SEQ ID NOs: 3-10.
Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant Zclpsl protein or to Zclpsl isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well-known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995). The immunogenicity of a Zclpsl polypeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of Zclpsl or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein. The polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof. If the polypeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization. Although polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep, an anti- Zclpsl antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody. General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al, international patent publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et al, Int. J.
Cancer 46:310 (1990).
Alternatively, monoclonal anti-Zclpsl antibodies can be generated. Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art (see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-
2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ["Coligan"], Picksley et al, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)). Briefly, monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an Zclpsl gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B- lymphocytes, fusing the B-lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
In addition, an anti-Zclpsl antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody. Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge. In this technique, elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci. The transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 368:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography (see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)).
For particular uses, it may be desirable to prepare fragments of anti- Zclpsl antibodies. Such antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody. Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. As an illustration, antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments. Optionally, the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages. As an alternative, an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73:119 (1959), Edelman et al, in Methods in Enzymology Vol 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody.
For example, Fv fragments comprise an association of VH and VL chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972). Alternatively, the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde (see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)).
The Fv fragments may comprise VH and VL chains which are connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (scFv) are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the VH and VL domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing scFvs are described, for example, by Whitlow et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:91 (1991) (also see, Bird et al, Science 242:423 (1988), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Pack et al, Bio/Technology 77:1271 (1993), and Sandhu, supra).
As an illustration, a scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to Zclpsl polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled Zclpsl protein or peptide). Genes encoding polypeptides having potential Zclpsl polypeptide binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides which interact with a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances. Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art (Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,484, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,571,698, and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc. 1996)) and random peptide display libraries and kits for screening such libraries are available commercially, for instance from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Invitrogen Inc. (San Diego, CA), New England Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, MA), and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc. (Piscataway, NJ). Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the Zclpsl sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins which bind to Zclpsl.
Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR). CDR peptides ("minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells (see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al. (eds.), page 166 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch et al, (eds.), page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995)).
Alternatively, an anti-Zclpsl antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody. Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts. The use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:3833 (1989). Techniques for producing humanized monoclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Jones et al, Nature 327:522 (1986), Carter et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:4285 (1992), Sandhu, Crit. Rev.
Biotech. 12:431 (1992), Singer et al, J. Immun. 750:2844 (1993), Sudhir (ed.), Antibody Engineering Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1995), Kelley, "Engineering Therapeutic Antibodies," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 399-434 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996), and by Queen et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,762 (1997). Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-Zclpsl antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Methods In Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7. Alternatively, monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-Zclpsl antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above. As another alternative, humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti- idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by Irie, U.S. Patent No. 5,208,146,
Greene, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,637,677, and Varthakavi and Minocha, J. Gen. Virol. 77:1875 (1996).
Diagnostic Application of Zclpsl Nucleotide Sequences
Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a Zclpsl gene in a biological sample. Probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with
RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Zclpsl RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected. Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
Well-established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Nucleic acid probes can be detectably labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P or 35S.
Alternatively, Zclpsl RNA can be detected with a nonradioactive hybridization method (see, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993)). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin. Zclpsl oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, 18F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography (Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)).
Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known (see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCR in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase- PCR (RT-PCR). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Zclpsl primers (see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
As an illustration, RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the gunadinium-thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above.
Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Zclpsl anti-sense oligomers. Oligo- dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences. Zclpsl sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length.
PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably-labeled Zclpsl probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay. Another approach for detection of Zclpsl expression is cycling probe technology (CPT), in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected (see, for example, Beggs et al, J. Clin. Microbiol. 34:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et al, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)). Alternative methods for detection of Zclpsl sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) (see, for example, Marshall et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,686,272 (1997), Dyer et al, J. Virol. Methods 60:161 (1996), Ehricht et al, Eur. J. Biochem. 243:358 (1997), and Chadwick et al, J. Virol. Methods 70:59 (1998)). Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
Zclpsl probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize Zclpsl gene expression in tissue samples. Methods for such in situ hybridization are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ
Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al. (eds.), "Localization of DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 279-289 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)). Various additional diagnostic approaches are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc., 1996)).
Nucleic acid molecules comprising Zclpsl nucleotide sequences can also be used to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the Zclpsl gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the Zclpsl gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate the Zclpsl gene.
Aberrations associated with the Zclpsl locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis (ARMS), single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis (FAMA), and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art (see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 708:255 (1995), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc. 1996), Elles (ed.) Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Landegren (ed.), Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection (Oxford University Press 1996), Birren et al. (eds.), Genome Analysis, Vol. 2: Detecting Genes (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 1998), Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics (John Wiley & Sons 1998), and Richards and Ward, "Molecular Diagnostic Testing," in Principles of Molecular Medicine, pages 83-88 (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)).
The protein truncation test is also useful for detecting the inactivation of a gene in which translation-terminating mutations produce only portions of the encoded protein (see, for example, Stoppa-Lyonnet et al, Blood 91:3920 (1998)). According to this approach, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA. PCR is then used to amplify the Zclpsl target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in- frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7 -coupled reticulocyte lysate system. The translation products are then fractionated by SDS-PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products. The protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
In a related approach, Zclpsl protein is isolated from a subject, the molecular weight of the isolated Zclpsl protein is determined, and then compared with the molecular weight a normal Zclpsl protein, such as a protein having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. A substantially lower molecular weight for the isolated Zclpsl protein is indicative that the protein is truncated. In this context, "substantially lower molecular weight" refers to at least about 10 percent lower, and preferably, at least about 25 percent lower. The Zclpsl protein may be isolated by various procedures known in the art including immunoprecipitation, solid phase radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, or Western blotting. The molecular weight of the isolated Zclpsl protein can be determined using standard techniques, such as SDS-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis. The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for Zclpsl gene expression or to detect mutations in the Zclpsl gene. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or a fragment thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
Preferably, such a kit contains all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise at least one container comprising a Zclpsl probe or primer. The kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zclpsl sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the Zclpsl probes and primers are used to detect Zclpsl gene expression. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zclpsl, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a Zclpsl -encoding nucleotide sequence. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
Diagnostic Application of Anti-Zclpsl Antibodies
The present invention contemplates the use of anti-Zclpsl antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Zclpsl. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-Zclpsl antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of Zclpsl in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Zclpsl and an anti-Zclpsl antibody under conditions that promote binding between Zclpsl and its antibody. Complexes of Zclpsl and anti-Zclpsl in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A. The concentration of Zclpsl in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Zclpsl bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free Zclpsl. Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material. Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti-Zclpsl antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
In another approach, anti- Zclpsl antibodies can be used to detect Zclpsl in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of Zclpsl and to determine the distribution of Zclpsl in the examined tissue. General immunochemistry techniques are well established (see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their
Application," in Mammalian Development: A Practical Approach, Monk (ed.), pages 115-38 (IRL Press 1987), Coligan at pages 5.8.1-5.8.8, Ausubel (1995) at pages 14.6.1 to 14.6.13 (Wiley Interscience 1990), and Manson (ed.), Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10: Immunochemical Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)). Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Zclpsl antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule which binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Zclpsl antibody. Alternatively, the anti-Zclpsl antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well-known to those of skill in the art.
Alternatively, an anti-Zclpsl antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably-labeled immunoconjugates are well-known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, 125L ,3,L 35S and 14C.
Anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescently-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine. Alternatively, anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type of chemiluminescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
Alternatively, anti-Zclpsl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Zclpsl antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-Zclpsl - enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety which can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include β-galac- tosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-Zclpsl antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art. Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al, Clin. Chim. Acta 70:1 (1976), Schurs et al, Clin. Chim. Acta 81: (1977), Shih et al, Int'l J. Cancer 46: 1101
(1990), Stein et al, Cancer Res. 50.1330 (1990), and Coligan, supra.
Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Zclpsl antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin (see, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well-established. See, for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in
Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 180-208, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc. 1996). In a related approach, biotin- or FJTC-labeled Zclpsl can be used to identify cells that bind Zclpsl. Such can binding can be detected, for example, using flow cytometry.
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for Zclpsl gene expression. Such kits comprise at least one container comprising an anti-Zclpsl antibody, or antibody fragment. A kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Zclpsl antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that Zclpsl antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect Zclpsl protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect Zclpsl. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
Therapeutic Uses of Polypeptides Having Zclpsl Activity
Generally, the dosage of administered Zclpsl for the treatment of endocrine-related disorders (or Zclpsl analog or fusion protein) will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of Zclpsl which is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate.
Administration of a molecule having Zclpsl activity to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection. When administering therapeutic proteins by injection, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. Alternatively, Zclpsl can be administered as a controlled release formulation. For example, Cleland and Jones, Pharm. Res. 13: 1464 (1996), describe a method for producing interferon-γ encapsulated in polylactic-coglycolic microspheres. Additional routes of administration include oral, dermal, mucosal- membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous. Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid-based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems,
Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-288 (Plenum Press 1997)). The feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:199 (1999)). Dry or liquid particles comprising Zclpsl can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers [e.g., Pettit and Gombotz,
TIBTECH 16:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:235 (1999)]. This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a handheld electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs. Studies have shown that proteins as large as 48,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of transcutaneous administration [Mitragotri et al, Science 269:850 (1995)]. Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer Zclpsl [Potts et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 70:213 (1997)].
A pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zclpsl activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, wherein the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995).
For purposes of therapy, molecules having Zclpsl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Zclpsl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in the inhibition of the growth of tumor cells or in the inhibition of a viral infection. An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor. Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer. A pharmaceutical composition comprising molecules having Zclpsl activity can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Proteins having Zclpsl activity, such as human or murine Zclpsl, can be administered as a conjugate with a pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moiety, as described above. As an illustration, a Zclpsl -polyethylene glycol conjugate is useful to increase the circulating half-life of the Zclpsl, and to reduce the immunogenicity of the polypeptide. Liquid forms, including liposome-encapsulated formulations, are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions. Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms, such as a miniosmotic pump or an implant. Other dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 5th Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
As an illustration, Zclpsl pharmaceutical compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises Zclpsl, a Zclpsl agonist, or a Zclpsl antagonist (e.g., an anti- Zclpsl antibody or antibody fragment). Zclpsl can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection. Alternatively, such a kit can include a dry-powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide. Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the Zclpsl composition is contraindicated in patients with known hypersensitivity to Zclpsl.
A Zclpsl polypeptide can be used administered to a patient to promote better digestion of lipids.
There are numerous approaches to introduce a Zclpsl gene to a subject, including the use of recombinant host cells that express Zclpsl, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding Zclpsl, use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Zclpsl , and the use of viruses that express Zclpsl , such as recombinant retroviruses, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenoviruses, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses [HSV] (see, for example, Mulligan, Science 260:926 (1993), Rosenberg et al, Science 242:1515 (1988), LaSalle et al, Science 259:988 (1993), Wolff et al, Science 247:1465 (1990), Breakfield and Deluca, The New Biologist 3:203 (1991)). In an ex vivo approach, for example, cells are isolated from a subject, transfected with a vector that expresses a Zclpsl gene, and then transplanted into the subject.
In order to effect expression of a Zclpsl gene, an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a Zclpsl gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription. The general requirements of an expression vector are described above.
Alternatively, a Zclpsl gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors (e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 97:215 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:207 (1993)), adenovirus-associated viral vectors (Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 90:10613 (1993)), alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:857 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:1188 (1989)), herpes viral vectors (e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,587, 5,288,641 and 5,328,688), parvovirus vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)), pox virus vectors [Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 793:653 (1993), Panicali and Paoletti, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 79:4927 (1982)], pox viruses, such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus (Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:311 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)), and retroviruses (e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 53:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci. Res 33:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:962 (1993), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 53:3860 (1993), and Anderson et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,399,346). Within various embodiments, either the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
As an illustration of one system, adenovirus, a double-stranded DNA virus, is a well-characterized gene transfer vector for delivery of a heterologous nucleic acid molecule [for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994); Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:AA (1997)]. The adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters. In addition, adenoviruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream. Using adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted, inserts are incoφorated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid. In an exemplary system, the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver).
Moreover, adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector. Such adenoviruses are El -deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2022 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)). The deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses (Amalfitano et al,
J. Virol 72:926 (1998)). By deleting the entire adenovirus genome, very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. Generation of so called "gutless" adenoviruses, where all viral genes are deleted, are particularly advantageous for insertion of large inserts of heterologous DNA [for a review, see Yeh. and Perricaudet, FASEB J. 77:615 (1997)].
High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods. For example, recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1211 (1994), Visalli and Brandt, Virology 785:419 (1991), Grau et al, Invest. Ophthalmol.
Vis. Sci. 30:2474 (1989), Brandt et al, J. Virol. Meth. 36:209 (1992), and by Brown and MacLean (eds.), H5V Virus Protocols (Humana Press 1997).
Alternatively, an expression vector comprising a Zclpsl gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes. Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker (Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (1988)). The use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the puφose of targeting. Targeted peptides (e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters), proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 76:867 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
In an alternative approach to gene therapy, a therapeutic gene may encode a Zclpsl anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of Zclpsl. Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of Zclpsl disclosed herein.
Alternatively, an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme. Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468,
Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337). In the context of the present invention, ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with Zclpsl mRNA.
In another approach, expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting
RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a Zclpsl gene. According to this approach, an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme (see, for example, Altaian et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053, Yuan et al, Science 263: 1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication No. WO 96/18733, George et al, international publication No. WO 96/21731, and Werner et al, international publication No. WO 97/33991). Preferably, the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to Zclpsl mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine. The external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
In general, the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a Zclpsl nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus, will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor. As an illustration, Horton et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 96: 1553 (1999), demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon-α produces potent antitumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model.
A composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As noted above, a composition, such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject. Other suitable carriers are well-known to those in the art (see, for example, Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack
Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)).
For puφoses of therapy, a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence inhibits the growth of tumor cells or inhibits viral infection. An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor. Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer. When the subject treated with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus is a human, then the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy. That is, the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
Production of Transgenic Mice
Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the human Zclpsl gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of Zclpsl can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess Zclpsl. Transgenic mice that over-express Zclpsl also provide model bioreactors for production of Zclpsl in the milk or blood of larger animals. Methods for producing transgenic mice are well-known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), Monastersky and Robl (eds.), Strategies in Transgenic Animal Science (ASM Press 1995), and Abbud and Nilson, "Recombinant Protein Expression in Transgenic Mice," in Gene Expression Systems:
Using Nature for the Art of Expression, Fernandez and Hoeffler (eds.), pages 367-397 (Academic Press, Inc. 1999)].
For example, a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a Zclpsl gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) (B6C3fl, 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)), vasectomized males (duds) (B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)), prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)) and adult fertile females (recipients) (B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)). The donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human
Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) IP. to induce superovulation. Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating. Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma). Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium (described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4: 129 (1996)) that has been incubated with 5% CO2, 5% O2, and 90% N2 at 37°C. The eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator until microinjection.
Ten to twenty micrograms of plasmid DNA containing a Zclpsl encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection.
Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, CO2-equilibrated mineral oil. The DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator.
The following day, two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients. The recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds. Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope. A small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen. The reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape. The fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
With a fine transfer pipette containing mineral oil followed by alternating W640 and air bubbles, 12-17 healthy two-cell embryos from the previous day's injection are transferred into the recipient. The swollen ampulla is located and holding the oviduct between the ampulla and the bursa, a nick in the oviduct is made with a 28 g needle close to the bursa, making sure not to tear the ampulla or the bursa. The pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in, allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette. The fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in. The peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip. The mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours.
The recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation. After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning. The weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotyping) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors.
Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a Zclpsl gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are back-crossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotyping.
To check for expression of a transgene in a live animal, a partial hepatectomy is performed. A surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process. Using sterile technique, a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized. Using 4-0 silk, a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity. An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N. J.) is placed proximal to the first tie. A distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish. The excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice. The surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively. The animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery. The expression level of Zclpsl mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
In addition to producing transgenic mice that over-express Zclpsl, it is useful to engineer transgenic mice with either abnormally low or no expression of the gene. Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of Zclpsl. As discussed above, Zclpsl gene expression can be inhibited using anti- sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes. To produce transgenic mice that under-express the Zclpsl gene, such inhibitory sequences are targeted to murine Zclpsl mRNA. Methods for producing transgenic mice that have abnormally low expression of a particular gene are known to those in the art (see, for example, Wu et al, "Gene Underexpression in Cultured Cells and Animals by Antisense DNA and RNA Strategies," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 205- 224 [CRC Press 1997)].
An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no Zclpsl gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal Zclpsl allele replaced by a nonfunctional Zclpsl gene. One method of designing a nonfunctional Zclpsl gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes murine Zclpsl. Standard methods for producing these so-called "knockout mice" are known to those skilled in the art [see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)].
RESEARCH TOOL UTILITY
The polynucleotides provided by the present invention can be used by the research community for various puφoses. The polynucleotides can be used to express recombinant protein for analysis, characterization or therapeutic; as markers for tissues in which the corresponding protein is preferentially expressed (either constitutively or at a particular stage of tissue differentiation or development or disease states); as molecular weight markers on Southern gels; as chromosome markers (when labeled) to map related gene positions; to compare with endogenous DNA sequences in patients to identify potential genetic disorders; as probes to hybridize and thus discover novel, related DNA sequences; as a source of information to derive PCR primers for genetic fingeφrinting; as a probe to "subtract-out" known sequences in the process of discovering other novel polynucleotides; to raise anti- protein antibodies using DNA immunization techniques; and as an antigen to raise anti-DNA antibodies or elicit another immune response. Where the polynucleotide encodes a protein which binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction), the polynucleotide can also be used in interaction trap assays [such as, for example, that described in Gyuris et al Cell 75:791-803 (1993)] to identify polynucleotides encoding the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction.
The proteins provided by the present invention can similarly be used to raise antibodies or to elicit another immune response: as a reagent (including the labeled reagent) in assays designed to quantitatively determine levels of the protein (or its receptor) in biological fluids; as markers for tissues using labeled antibodies; and to isolate correlative receptors or ligands. Where the protein binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction), the protein can be used to identify the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction. Proteins involved in these binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction.
Any or all of these "research tool" utilities are capable of being developed into reagent grade or kit format for commercialization as "research products".
Cytokine and Cell Proliferation/Differentiation Activity
A protein of the present invention may exhibit cytokine-cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting) or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting)activity or may induce production of other cytokines in certain cell populations. Many protein factors discovered to date, including all know cytokines, have exhibited activity in one or more factor dependent cell proliferation assays, and hence the assays serve has a convenient confirmation of cytokine activity. The activity of a protein of the present invention is evidenced by any one of a number of routine factor dependent cell proliferation assays for cell lines including without limitation, 32D, DA2, DA1G, T10, B9, B9/11, BaF3, MC9/G, M+(preB M+), 2E8, RB5, DAI, 123, T1165, HT2, CTLL2, TF-1, Mo7e and CMK.
The activity of a protein of the invention may, among other means, be measured by assays for T-cell or thymocyte proliferation, assays for cytokine production or proliferation of spleen cells, lymph node cells or thymocytes, assays for proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic and lymphopoietic cells, and assays for T-cell clone responses to antigens which will identify, among others, proteins that affect antigen-presenting cells (APC)/T-cell interactions as well as direct T-cell effects by measuring proliferation and cytokine production. Other immunological assays include assays for T-cell dependent immunoglobulin responses and isotype switching (which will identify, among others, proteins that modulate T-cell dependent antibody responses and that affect Thl/Th2 profiles); mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) assays (which will identify proteins that generate predominantly Thl and CTL responses); dendritic cell-dependent assays (which will identify, among others, proteins expressed a by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells); assays for lymphocyte survival/apoptosis (which will identify proteins that prevent apoptosis after superantigen induction and proteins that regulate lymphocyte homeostasis);assays for B cell function and assays for protein that influence early steps of T-cell commitment and development. The above-described assays are described in one or more of the following references: Current Protocols in Immunology, (John Wiley and Sons, Toronto, 1997); Takai et al, J. Immunol. 737:3494-3500 (1986); Bertagnolli et al. J. Immunol. 745. 1706-1712 (1990); Bertagnolli et al, Cell. Immunol. 733:327-341 (1991); Bertagnolli et al, J. Immunol. 749:3778-3783 (1992); Bowman et al, J. Immunol. 752:1756-1761 (1994); de Vries et al, J. Exp. Med. 773:1205-1211 (1991); Moreau et al, Nature 336:690-692 (1988); Greenberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2931-2938 (1983); Weinberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:6091- 6095 (1980); Weinberger et al, Eur. J. Immunol. 77:405-411 (1981); Takai et al, J. Immunol. 740:508-512 (1988); Maliszewski, J. Immunol. 144: 3028-3033 (1990); Herrmann et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA 78:24882492 (1981); Herrmann et al, J.
Immunol 728:1968-1974 (1982); Handa et al. J. Immunol. 735:1564-1572 (1985); Bowmanet et al, J. Virology 67:1992-1998; Brown et al, J. Immunol. 753:3079-3092 (1994); Maliszewski, J. Immunol 744:3028-3033 (1990); Guery et al. J. Immunol. 134:536-544 (1995); Inaba et al, J. Exp. Med. 73:549-559 (1991); Macatonia et al, J. Immunol. 754:5071-5079 (1995); Porgador et al, J. Exp. Med. 182:255-260 (1995); Nair et al. J. Virol. 67:4062-4069 (1993); Huang et al, Science 264:961-965 (1994); Macatonia et al, J. Exp. Med. 769:1255-1264 (1989); Bhardwaj et al, J. Clin. Invest. 94:797-807 (1994); Inaba et al, J. Exp. Med. 772:631-640 (1990); Darzynkiewicz et al, Cytometry 73:795-808 (1992); Gorczyca et al, Leukemia 7:659-670 (1993); Gorczyca et al, Can. Res. 53:1945-1951 (1993); Itoh et al, Cell 66:233-243 (1991);Zacharchuk, J. Immunol. 145:4031-4045 (1990); Zamai et al. Cytometry
74:891-897 (1993); Gorczyca et al, Inter. J. Oncol. 7:639-648 (1992); Antica et al, Blood 84:111-117 (1994); Fine et al, Cell. Immunol. 155:111-122 (1994); Galy et al, Blood 85:2770-2778 (1995); and Toki et al, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 88:7548-7551 (1991).
Immune Stimulating/Suppressing Activity
A protein of the present invention may also exhibit immune stimulating or immune suppressing activity including, without limitation, the activities for which assays are described herein. A protein may be useful in the treatment of various immune deficiencies and disorders [including severe combined immunodeficiency (SOC)], e.g., in regulating (up or down) growth and proliferation of T or B lymphocytes., as well as effecting the cytolytic activity of natural killer (NK) cells and other cell populations. These immune deficiencies may be genetic or by caused by viral as well as bacterial or fungal infections or may result from autoimmune disorders. The protein of the present invention by may possibly be used to treat such diseases or to boost the immune system. Hematopoiesis
The protein of the present invention may be useful in promoting hematopoiesis, including causing proliferation of red blood cells, megakaryocytes, and myeloid cells such as monocytes/macrophages. Assays for relating to stem cell growth or differentiation include: Freshney, M.G., in Culture of Hematopoietic Cells, Frshney, R.I. et al, Eds. (Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1994); Johansson et al. Cell. Bio. 75:141-151 (1995); Keller et al, Mol. & Cell. Bio. 73:473-486 (1993); McClanahan et al, Blood 87:2903-2915 (1993); Hirayama et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5907- 5911 (1992); and Neben et al, Exp. Hematol 22:353-359 (1994).
Tissue Regeneration or Repair
The protein of the present invention may be used to repair or regenerate any number of different tissues including bone, ligaments, tendons, neurons and skin. Assays for tissue regeneration include those described in International Patent Publication No. WO95/16035 (bone, cartilage, tendon); WO95/05846 (neuron); and WO91/07491 (skin, endothelium).
Activin/inhibin Activity
A protein of the present invention may also exhibit activin or inhibin related activities. Inhibin is a glycoprotein that circulates in plasma and inhibits gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH)-stimulated follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) secretion by the pituitary gland. Activin has the opposite action and stimulates
FSH secretion. Thus, the protein of the present invention may be useful as a contraceptive or as a based upon the ability of inhibins to decrease fertility in female mammals and decrease spermatogenesis in male mammals. Assays for activin/inhibin activity are described in the following: Vale et al, Endocrinology 97:562-572 (1972); Ling et al, Nature 321: 779-782 (1986); Vale et al, Nature 321:116-119 (1986); Mason et al, Nature 318:659-663 (1985); Forage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83:3091-3095 (1986).
Moreover, the activity and effect of Zclspl, on tumor progression and metastasis can be measured in vivo. Several syngeneic mouse models have been developed to study the influence of polypeptides, compounds or other treatments on tumor progression. In these models, tumor cells passaged in culture are implanted into mice of the same strain as the tumor donor. The cells will develop into tumors having similar characteristics in the recipient mice, and metastasis will also occur in some of the models. Appropriate tumor models for our studies include the Lewis lung carcinoma (ATCC No. CRL- 1642) and B 16 melanoma (ATCC No. CRL-6323), amongst others. These are both commonly used tumor lines, syngeneic to the C57BL6 mouse, that are readily cultured and manipulated in vitro. Tumors resulting from implantation of either of these cell lines are capable of metastasis to the lung in C57BL6 mice. The Lewis lung carcinoma model has recently been used in mice to identify an inhibitor of angiogenesis (O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79: 315-328,1994).
C57BL6/J mice are treated with an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one time injection of recombinant adenovirus. Three days following this treatment, 10 to 10 cells are implanted under the dorsal skin. Alternatively, the cells themselves may be infected with recombinant adenovirus, such as one expressing Zclspl , before implantation so that the protein is synthesized at the tumor site or intracellularly, rather than systemically. The mice normally develop visible tumors within 5 days. The tumors are allowed to grow for a
3 period of up to 3 weeks, during which time they may reach a size of 1500 - 1800 mm in the control treated group. Tumor size and body weight are carefully monitored throughout the experiment. At the time of sacrifice, the tumor is removed and weighed along with the lungs and the liver. The lung weight has been shown to correlate well with metastatic tumor burden. As an additional measure, lung surface metastases are counted. The resected tumor, lungs and liver are prepared for histopathological examination, immunohistochemistry, and in situ hybridization, using methods known in the art and described herein. The influence of the expressed polypeptide in question, e.g., Zclspl on the ability of the tumor to recruit vasculature and undergo metastasis can thus be assessed. In addition, aside from using adenovirus, the implanted cells can be transiently transfected with Zclspl. Use of stable Zclspl transfectants as well as use of induceable promoters to activate Zclspl expression in vivo are known in the art and can be used in this system to assess Zclspl induction of metastasis. For general reference see, O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79:315- 328, (1994); and Rusciano D, et al. Murine Models of Liver Metastasis. Invasion Metastasis 74:349-361 (1995).
EDUCATIONAL KIT UTILITY OF ZCLPSl POLYPEPTIDES, POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND ANTIBODIES
Polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention will additionally find use as educational tools as a laboratory practicum kits for courses related to genetics and molecular biology, protein chemistry and antibody production and analysis. Due to its unique polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence molecules of Zclpsl can be used as standards or as "unknowns" for testing puφoses. For example, Zclpsl polynucleotides can be used as an aid, such as, for example, to teach a student how to prepare expression constructs for bacterial, viral, and/or mammalian expression, including fusion constructs, wherein Zclpsl is the gene to be expressed; for determining the restriction endonuclease cleavage sites of the polynucleotides; determining mRNA and DNA localization oi Zclpsl polynucleotides in tissues (i.e., by Northern and Southern blotting as well as polymerase chain reaction); and for identifying related polynucleotides and polypeptides by nucleic acid hybridization. Zclpsl polypeptides can be used educationally as an aid to teach preparation of antibodies; identifying proteins by Western blotting; protein purification; determining the weight of expressed Zclpsl polypeptides as a ratio to total protein expressed; identifying peptide cleavage sites; coupling amino and carboxyl terminal tags; amino acid sequence analysis, as well as, but not limited to monitoring biological activities of both the native and tagged protein (i.e., receptor binding, signal transduction, proliferation, and differentiation) in vitro and in vivo. Zclpsl polypeptides can also be used to teach analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, in particular the locations of the disulfide bonds, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution. For example, a kit containing the Zclpsl can be given to the student to analyze. Since the amino acid sequence would be known by the professor, the protein can be given to the student as a test to determine the skills or develop the skills of the student, the teacher would then know whether or not the student has correctly analyzed the polypeptide. Since every polypeptide is unique, the educational utility of Zclpsl would be unique unto itself.
The antibodies which bind specifically to Zclpsl can be used as a teaching aid to instruct students how to prepare affinity chromatography columns to purify Zclpsl, cloning and sequencing the polynucleotide that encodes an antibody and thus as a practicum for teaching a student how to design humanized antibodies. The Zclpsl gene, polypeptide or antibody would then be packaged by reagent companies and sold to universities so that the students gain skill in art of molecular biology. Because each gene and protein is unique, each gene and protein creates unique challenges and learning experiences for students in a lab practicum. Such educational kits containing the Zclpsl gene, polypeptide, or antibody, are considered within the scope of the present invention.
The present invention, thus generally described, will be understood more readily by reference to the following examples, which is provided by way of illustration and is not intended to be limiting of the present invention.
Example 1
Production a Pancreatic Islet Cell cDNA Library
RNA extracted from pancreatic islet cells was reversed transcribed in the following manner. The first strand cDNA reaction contained 10 μl of human pancreatic islet cell poly d(T)-selected poly (A)+ mRNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA) at a concentration of 1.0 mg/ml, and 2 μl of 20 pmole/μl first strand primer SEQ ID NO: 11 (GTC TGG GTT CGC TAC TCG AGG CGG CCG CTA TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT TTT) containing an Xho I restriction site. The mixture was heated at 70°C for 2.5 minutes and cooled by chilling on ice. First strand cDNA synthesis was initiated by the addition of 8 μl of first strand buffer (5x SUPERSCRIPT™ buffer; Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD), 4 μl of 100 mM dithiothreitol, and 3 μl of a deoxynucleotide triphosphate (dNTP) solution containing 10 mM each of dTTP, dATP, dGTP and 5-methyl-dCTP (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology, Piscataway, NJ) to the RNA-primer mixture. The reaction mixture was incubated at 40° C for 2 minutes, followed by the addition of 10 μl of 200 U/μl RNase H" reverse transcriptase
(SUPERSCRIPT n®; Life Technologies). The efficiency of the first strand synthesis was analyzed in a parallel reaction by the addition of 10 μCi of ^p-αdCTP to a 5 μl aliquot from one of the reaction mixtures to label the reaction for analysis. The reactions were incubated at 40°C for 5 minutes, 45°C for 50 minutes, then incubated at 50°C for 10 minutes. Unincoφorated 32p_α(jcTP in the labeled reaction was removed by chromatography on a 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA). The unincoφorated nucleotides and primers in the unlabeled first strand reactions were removed by chromatography on 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA). The length of labeled first strand cDNA was determined by agarose gel electrophoresis.
The second strand reaction contained 102 μl of the unlabeled first strand cDNA, 30 μl of 5x polymerase I buffer (125 mM Tris: HC1, pH 7.5, 500 mM KCl, 25 mM MgCl2, 50mM (NH4) 2SO4)), 2.0 μl of 100 mM dithiothreitol, 3.0 μl of a solution containing 10 mM of each deoxynucleotide triphosphate, 7 μl of 5 mM β- NAD, 2.0 μl of 10 U/μl E. coli DNA ligase (New England Biolabs; Beverly, MA), 5 μl of 10 U/μl E. coli DNA polymerase I (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA), and 1.5 μl of 2 U/μl RNase H (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD). A 10 μl aliquot from one of the second strand synthesis reactions was labeled by the addition of 10 μCi 32p-αdCTP to monitor the efficiency of second strand synthesis. The reactions were incubated at 16° C for two hours, followed by the addition of 1 μl of a 10 mM dNTP solution and 6.0 μl T4 DNA polymerase (10 U/μl, Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN) and incubated for an additional 10 minutes at 16°C. Unincoφorated
32p-α CTP in the labeled reaction was removed by chromatography through a 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA) before analysis by agarose gel electrophoresis. The reaction was terminated by the addition of 10.0 μl 0.5 M EDTA and extraction with phenol/chloroform and chloroform followed by ethanol precipitation in the presence of 3.0 M Na acetate and 2 μl of Pellet Paint carrier (Novagen, Madison, WI). The yield of cDNA was estimated to be approximately 2 μg from starting mRNA template of 10 μg.
Eco RI adapters were ligated onto the 5' ends of the cDNA described above to enable cloning into an expression vector. A 12.5 μl aliquot of cDNA (-2.0 μg) and 3 μl of 69 pmole/μl of Eco RI adapter (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc., Piscataway, NJ) were mixed with 2.5 μl lOx ligase buffer (660 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.5, 100 mM MgC-2), 2.5 μl of 10 mM ATP, 3.5 μl 0.1 M DTT and 1 μl of 15 U/μl T4
DNA ligase (Promega Coφ., Madison, WI). The reaction was incubated 1 hour at 5°C, 2 hours at 7.5°C, 2 hours at 10°C, 2 hours at 12.5°C and 16 hours at 10° C. The reaction was terminated by the addition of 65 μl H2O and 10 μl 10X H buffer (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN) and incubation at 70°C for 20 minutes. To facilitate the directional cloning of the cDNA into an expression vector, the cDNA was digested with Xho I, resulting in a cDNA having a 5' Eco RI cohesive end and a 3' Xho I cohesive end. The Xho I restriction site at the 3' end of the cDNA had been previously introduced. Restriction enzyme digestion was carried out in a reaction mixture by the addition of 1.0 μl of 40 U/μl Xho I (Boehringer Mannheim, Indianapolis, IN). Digestion was carried out at 37°C for 45 minutes. The reaction was terminated by incubation at 70°C for 20 minutes and chromatography through a 400 pore size gel filtration column (Clontech Laboratories, Palo Alto, CA).
The cDNA was ethanol precipitated, washed with 70% ethanol, air dried and resuspended in 10.0 μl water, 2 μl of 10X kinase buffer (660 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 100 mM MgCl2), 0.5 μl 0.1 M DTT, 2 μl 10 mM ATP, 2 μl T4 polynucleotide kinase (10 U/μl, Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD). Following incubation at 37° C for 30 minutes, the cDNA was ethanol precipitated in the presence of 2.5 M Ammonium Acetate, and electrophoresed on a 0.8% low melt agarose gel. The contaminating adapters and cDNA below 0.6 Kb in length were excised from the gel. The electrodes were reversed, and the cDNA was electrophoresed until concentrated near the lane origin. The area of the gel containing the concentrated cDNA was excised and placed in a microfuge tube, and the approximate volume of the gel slice was determined. An aliquot of water approximately three times the volume of the gel slice (300 μl) and 35 μl lOx β-agarose I buffer (New England Biolabs) was added to the tube, and the agarose was melted by heating to 65°C for 15 minutes. Following equilibration of the sample to 45°C, 3 μl of 1 U/μl β-agarose I (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) was added, and the mixture was incubated for 60 minutes at 45°C to digest the agarose. After incubation, 40 μl of 3 M Na acetate was added to the sample, and the mixture was incubated on ice for 15 minutes. The sample was centrifuged at 14,000 x g for 15 minutes at room temperature to remove undigested agarose. The cDNA was ethanol precipitated, washed in 70% ethanol, air- dried and resuspended in 40 μl water.
Following recovery from low-melt agarose gel, the cDNA was cloned into the Eco RI and Xho I sites of pBLUESCRIPT SK+ vector (Gibco/BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) and electroporated into DH10B cells. Bacterial colonies containing ESTs of known genes were identified and eliminated from sequence analysis by reiterative cycles of probe hybridization to hi-density colony filter arrays (Genome Systems, St. Louis, MI). cDNAs of known genes were pooled in groups of 50 - 100 inserts and were labeled with 32P-αdCTP using a MEGAPRIME labeling kit (Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL). Colonies which did not hybridize to the probe mixture were selected for sequencing. Sequencing was done using an ABI 377 sequencer using either the T3 or the reverse primer. The resulting data were analyzed which resulted in the identification of the novel ESTs of SEQ ID NOs: 1-38. Each polynucleotide corresponds to a clone in the pancreatic islet cell library. Analyzing the ESTs, a bioinformaticist can identify one of interest and the clone or clones identified which contain the EST. If the clone did not contain the full-length cDNA, the EST of the present invention can be radiolabeled by standard techniques to screen cDNA libraries by nucleic hybridization to isolate a full-length clone. The labeled EST may further be used to probe Northern blots or by other hybridization techniques known in the art to determine mRNA localization and transcription levels. EST sequence information may also be used to design primers to enable the isolation of full-length cDNA sequencing using 5' or 3' rapid amplification of DNA (RACE)polymerase chain reaction. The radiolabeled EST can further be used in the technique of in situ hybridization to locate the specific nucleic acid sequences in cells or chromosomes. Furthermore, the EST can facilitate the diagnosis of genetic abnormalities using standard hybridization techniques.
Example 2
. A DNA of the present invention can be synthesized as described in the description of the invention, placed in an expression vector using appropriate digestion enzymes and ligases. The vector can then be transfected into either a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell so as to produce a protein of the present invention. Alternatively, a protein of the present invention can be synthesized by chemical means as described above.
Also probes can be designed to which can be used to pull-out a cDNA clone from a pancreatic cDNA library. The clone can the be placed in an expression vector and transfected into an appropriate prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell so as to produce the Zclspl protein of the present invention.
From the foregoing, it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for puφoses of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. An educational kit comprised of a container having an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-10.
2. An educational kit of claim 1 further comprising a container having an isolated polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group of SEQ ID NOs.2 - 10.
3. An educational kit of claim 1 further comprising a container having an expression vector containing a polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-10.
4. An educational kit of claim 1 further comprising a container having an antibody that specifically binds to a polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-10.
5. An aid for teaching molecular biology comprised of an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide, wherein said polypeptide is comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs. 2 - 10.
6. An aid for teaching protein chemistry comprised of an isolated polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs. 2 - 10.
7. An aid for teaching how to use antibodies comprised of an isolated antibody that specifically binds to a polypeptide, wherein said polypeptide is comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 10.
8. An isolated polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-10.
9. An isolated polynucleotide which encodes a polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-10.
10. An isolated antibody or antibody fragment which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 10.
11. An isolated anti-idiotypic antibody which binds to an epitope of an antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 10.
PCT/US2000/031337 1999-11-19 2000-11-15 Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1 WO2001036466A2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP00978670A EP1230363A2 (en) 1999-11-19 2000-11-15 Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1
CA002392044A CA2392044A1 (en) 1999-11-19 2000-11-15 Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1
AU16109/01A AU1610901A (en) 1999-11-19 2000-11-15 Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US44363499A 1999-11-19 1999-11-19
US09/443,634 1999-11-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001036466A2 true WO2001036466A2 (en) 2001-05-25
WO2001036466A3 WO2001036466A3 (en) 2002-01-24

Family

ID=23761586

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/031337 WO2001036466A2 (en) 1999-11-19 2000-11-15 Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1230363A2 (en)
AU (1) AU1610901A (en)
CA (1) CA2392044A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2001036466A2 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0135279A2 (en) * 1983-07-14 1985-03-27 Orgenics Ltd. Educational kits and process for illustrating biochemical processes
WO1999006549A2 (en) * 1997-08-01 1999-02-11 Genset 5' ESTs FOR SECRETED PROTEINS EXPRESSED IN TESTIS AND OTHER TISSUES
WO1999031236A2 (en) * 1997-12-17 1999-06-24 Genset EXTENDED cDNAs FOR SECRETED PROTEINS
WO2000006698A1 (en) * 1998-07-30 2000-02-10 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 98 human secreted proteins

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0135279A2 (en) * 1983-07-14 1985-03-27 Orgenics Ltd. Educational kits and process for illustrating biochemical processes
WO1999006549A2 (en) * 1997-08-01 1999-02-11 Genset 5' ESTs FOR SECRETED PROTEINS EXPRESSED IN TESTIS AND OTHER TISSUES
WO1999031236A2 (en) * 1997-12-17 1999-06-24 Genset EXTENDED cDNAs FOR SECRETED PROTEINS
WO2000006698A1 (en) * 1998-07-30 2000-02-10 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 98 human secreted proteins

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FUKUOKA S-I ET AL: "FULL LENGTH COMPLEMENTARY DNA SEQUENCE ENCODING CANINE PANCREATIC COLIPASE" NUCLEIC ACIDS RESEARCH, vol. 18, no. 18, 1990, page 5549 XP002172373 ISSN: 0305-1048 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2392044A1 (en) 2001-05-25
AU1610901A (en) 2001-05-30
EP1230363A2 (en) 2002-08-14
WO2001036466A3 (en) 2002-01-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2002020651A2 (en) Human phermone polypeptide
EP1177298A1 (en) Autotaxin variants and uses to treat diseases of metabolism
US20020156259A1 (en) Human adenosine deaminase
US20010049434A1 (en) Human ribonuclease
US20050020497A1 (en) Mammalian glycoprotein hormone-1
US20030017980A1 (en) Mammalian Wnt polypeptide-5
EP1572883A2 (en) Human cytokine receptor
WO2002004519A2 (en) Murine cytokine receptor
US20010036643A1 (en) Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein
US20030166049A1 (en) Human secreted protein, Zsig47
EP1244699A2 (en) Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein
WO2001036466A2 (en) Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1
WO2000042184A1 (en) Zlrr3: a human leucine-rich repeat protein
US20020091239A1 (en) Human chemokine
WO2001044281A2 (en) Human secretin-like g-protein coupled receptor
US20020142396A1 (en) Mammalian cystatin-8 and its use to inhibit cancer procoagulant protein
US20020150974A1 (en) Placental protein having multiple EGF-like domains
US20030143678A1 (en) Zlrr3: a human leucine-rich repeat protein
US20030170824A1 (en) Human chemokine
US20020155561A1 (en) Mammalian disulfide core protein-4
US20020095022A1 (en) Human secretin-like receptor
EP1117793A2 (en) Secretory protein - zsig48
WO2002032956A2 (en) Human cyclic nucleotide binding protein
WO2001032707A1 (en) Human semaphorin
EP1171600A2 (en) Zalpha13: a human secreted protein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2392044

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000978670

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000978670

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2000978670

Country of ref document: EP